Skip to main content

Full text of "Missionary review of the world"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 


https://archive.org/details/missionaryreview2851unse 


CHILDREN'S  MISSIONARY  MAGAZINES 


The  numbers  refer  to  those  magazines  reproduced  in  the  Frontispiece 

1.  The  Day  Star  (Reformed  Church  in  America). 

2.  The  Little  Missionary  (Moravian,  U.  S.  A.). 

3.  The  Round  World  (Church  Missionary  Society,  England). 

4.  Over  Sea  and  Land  (Presbyterian  Church,  North,  U.  S.  A.). 

5.  The  Children's  Missionary  (Presbyterian  Church,  South,  U.  S.  A.). 

6.  The  Children  of  the  Church  (Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel,  Church  of  England). 

7.  The  Children's  Missionary  Magazine  (United  Free  Church  of 
Scotland). 

8.  The  Mission  Day  Spring  (American  Board,  Congregational). 

9.  Junior  Builders  (United  Brethren,  U.  S.  A.). 

10.  The  Day -Break  (Presbyterian  Church,  Ireland). 

11.  The  Juvenile  (London  Missionary  Society). 

12.  The  Young  Christian  Soldier  (Protestant  Episcopal  Church). 

OTHER  CHILDREN'S  MAGAZINES  NOT  REPRODUCED  IN  OUR 
FRONTISPIECE 

Morning  Bays  (Church  of  Scotland). 

The  Children's  Missionary  Friend  (Methodist  Episcopal  Church). 
Around  the  World  (American  Baptist  Missionary  Union). 
News  from  Afar  (London  Missionary  Society). 

The  Messenger  for  the  Children  (Presbyterian  Church  of  England). 
Missionsblatt  fur  Kinder  (Basel  Missionary  Society,  Germany). 
The  Juvenile  Missionary  Herald  (Baptist  Missionary  Society,  Eng.). 
The  King's  Messengers  (S.  P.  G.,  Church  of  England). 
Holianna  (Berlin  Missionary  Society). 

Gleanings  for  the  Young  (British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society). 
The  Junior  Missionary  Magazine  (United  Presbyterian,  U.  S.  A.). 
The  Little  Worker  (Methodist  Episcopal,  South). 
Day-Break  (Church  of  England,  Z  M.  S.). 

Spirit  of  Missions,  Children's  Number  (Protestant  Episcopal  Church). 
At  Home  and  Abroad  (Wesleyan  Methodist,  England). 


SOME  CHILDREN'S  AND  YOUNG  PEOPLE'S  MISSIONARY  PAPERS  AND  MAGAZINES 


THE 

Missionary  Review  of  the  World 


Old  Series  \  at  a  v  S  New  Series 

Vol.  XXVIII.  No.  5  ]  MA1  1  Vol.  XVIII.     No.  5 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 

THE  DEPARTMENTS    OF    MISSIONARY   WORK— A   ROUND  TABLE 

DISCUSSION 

BY  REV.  JAMES  L.  BARTON,  D.D.,  BOSTON,  MASS. 
Secretary  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions 

In  early  modem  missionary  operations  the  conversion  of  the  indi- 
vidual and  his  baptism  were  generally  considered  the  supreme  end  of 
all  effort.  This  was  called  "  evangelistic  work  "  as  over  against  what 
was  named  "educational  work."  In  the  eyes  of  most  people  the  mis- 
sionary was  sent  out  only  to  "  evangelize." 

In  these  days  our  conception  of  "evangelization"  has  enlarged. 
The  baptism  of  the  individual  is  but  an  incident  in  mission  enter- 
prises, and  only  the  first  step  toward  the  consummation  of  the  mis- 
sionary idea.  This  step,  however,  as  a  sign  and  seal  of  regeneration, 
is  absolutely  essential  to  all  true  missionary  work.  The  missionary 
now  plans  to  organize  a  balanced  Christian  society,  at  the  center  and 
foundation  of  which  shall  always  stand  the  native  Christian  Church, 
which  shall  be  intelligent,  self-respecting,  self -directing,  self-support- 
ing, practising  the  Christian  virtues  and  exhibiting  the  Christian 
graces. 

Christian  schools  and  Christian  literature  are  as  essential  in 
mission  countries  for  the  permanency  and  power  of  the  Christian 
Church  and  the  stability  of  Christian  society  as  they  are  in  America 
or  England.  No  country  can  be  evangelized  except  by  and  through 
an  independent,  self-directing,  enlightened  native  Christian  Church 
and  a  recognized  Christian  society,  all  dominated  by  trained  native 
Christian  leaders.  All  educative  work  directed  to  the  above  ends  is 
missionary  and  fundamental  to  permanent  evangelization. 

The  medical  work  is  not  primarily  humanitarian,  but  illustrative 
of  the  foundation  principles  of  Christianity.  The  medical  missionary 
and  the  Christian  hospital  and  dispensary  demonstrate  to  the  natives 
that  the  high  and  the  low,  the  rich  and  the  poor,  in  the  light  of  Chris- 
tianity, are  regarded  as  equals.  The  poor  beggar  is  surprised  that  he 
receives  any  attention,  while  the  man  of  rank  is  surprised  that  he  does 
not  absorb  it  all.  To  this  is  added  the  ocular  proof  that  the  Christian 
missionary  is  interested  in  relieving  distress  without  respect  of  per- 
sons, and  all  in  imitation  of  the  life  and  works  of  Christ.  The  devout 
medical  missionary  is  a  mighty  preacher  of  the  Gospel  of  equality, 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


brotherhood,  and  unselfishness  up  to  a  certain  limit,  after  which  he 
becomes  a  mere  healer  of  diseases.  Profitable  medical  missions  must 
be  limited  in  number,  and  made  subservient  to  the  idea  of  an  organ- 
ized Christian  society  with  native  Christian  physicians. 

The  native  Christian  community  should  be  self-respecting  and 
self-supporting;  hence,  it  must  be  industrious.  Industrial  schools 
develop  habits  of  industry  and  self-respecting  manhood  in  their  pupils 
or  they  are  failures.  Their  primary  object  should  be,  not  to  teach  a 
trade,  but  to  teach  independence,  industry,  perseverance,  and  thrift. 
If  this  results  in  a  permanent  trade,  so  much  the  better;  but  never  a 
trade  at  the  sacrifice  of  intelligent,  sturdy  Christian  independence. 
It  is  only  a  step  from  the  most  helpful  industrial  training  to  the  bold- 
est industrialism  and  commercialism — the  former  absolutely  essen- 
tial to  the  permanent  Christian  society  and  the  independent  self- 
supporting  Christian  Church,  the  latter  having  no  proper  place  in 
missionary  operations. 

All  missionary  operations  and  departments  of  work  must  aim  at  a 
well-balanced,  intelligent,  devout,  self-respecting,  self-propagating, 
and  independent  native  Christian  society,  neither  dependent  upon  the 
missionary  for  its  continuance,  nor  asking  help  from  foreign  lands  for 
its  support.  Whatever  contributes  to  this  end  is  truly  missionary, 
and  all  else  is  superfluous  or  positively  harmful. 

THE  RELATIVE  IMPORTANCE  OF  VARIOUS  METHODS 

BY  ALOXZO  BUXKER,  LOIKAW,  BURMA 
Author  of  "  Soo-Thah  "  ;  Missionary  of  the  American  Baptist  Missionary  Union.  1866- 

In  missionary  work,  evangelistic  work  easily  takes  the  first 
place.  By  this  we  mean  the  proclamation  of  the  Gospel  message. 
This,  tho  foolishness  to  men,  is  declared  to  be  the  wisdom  of  God. 
This  must  be  true  for  the  following  reasons:  (1)  Jesus  gave  a  definite 
command  to  His  disciples  to  evangelize  the  world;  (2)  His  uniform 
practise  agreed  with  this  command;  (3)  most  great  spiritual  victories 
since  Christ  have  grown  out  of  obedience  to  this  command. 

In  like  manner,  medical  missions  fall  into  the  second  place  in 
importance.  Indeed,  they  are  often  so  interwoven  with  that  work 
that  it  is  difficult  to  separate  them.  The  importance  of  medical  mis- 
sions has  been  shown  on  many  fields.  This  is  supported  by  the  exam- 
ple of  Christ  and  His  apostles,  as  by  experience  in  modern  missions; 
also  by  their  fitness  to  meet  human  need,  and  to  open  the  way  for  the 
Gospel  message.  The  proclamation  of  the  Gospel  is  always  necessary 
in  all  lands,  but  this  is  not  always  true  of  medical  work.  Yet,  when 
combined,  their  union  has  been  most  helpful  in  opening  the  way  to 
the  Great  Physician  of  souls. 

As  to  educational  work  (schools  and  literature),  the  latter,  led 
always  by  translations  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  is  necessary  lor  the 


1905] 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 


323 


spiritual  growth  of  converts.  Here  we  are  well  within  the  limits  of 
the  "all  things  "  commanded  by  Jesus  in  our  teaching,  as  we  are  also 
in  such  school  work  as  that  in  which  He  engaged  when  traveling  with 
His  disciples.  Schools  must,  however,  vary  in  importance  in  mission 
work  in  different  lands ;  but,  generally  speaking,  they  fall  under  one 
of  three  classes :  (1)  Evangelistic  schools  with  a  distinct  evangelistic 
aim;  or  (2)  secular  schools  under  missionary  control  without  such  an 
aim,  save  incidentally;  or  (3)  secular  schools  usually  under  joint  mis- 
sionary and  governmental  control. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  usefulness  of  the  first  class  for 
evangelizing  the  nations,  nor  of  the  second  within  suitable  limits; 
but  the  third  class,  we  believe,  conceals  a  very  grave  danger  to  evan- 
gelistic work,  and  is  calculated  to  deceive,  if  it  were  possible,  the  very 
elect.  Paul  distinctly  condemns  such  joining  of  forces  in  his  warning 
against  being  "unequally  yoked  with  unbelievers."  Experience  also 
warns  us  of  such  control  with  an  ever-increasing  protest.  It  weakens, 
undoubtedly,  the  singleness  of  aim,  on  the  part  of  converts  from 
heathenism,  for  the  glory  of  God,  their  dependence  upon  Him  for 
temporal  as  well  as  spiritual  good,  and,  we  believe,  the  devotion  of 
both  converts  and  their  teachers.  It  is  opposed  to  healthy  self-help, 
and  tends  strongly  to  divert  native  helpers  from  evangelistic  to  secular 
pursuits,  and,  finally,  it  puts  unnecessary  and  heavy  burdens  on  mis- 
sionaries, who  should  be  free  for  evangelistic  work. 

In  the  light  of  the  above  remarks  we  have  no  difficulty  in  placing 
industrial  ivork.  Like  medical  work,  its  necessity  varies  with  the  con- 
ditions which  surround  the  converts.  In  short,  granting  the  prime 
importance  of  the  proclamation  of  the  good  news  at  all  times,  in  all 
lands,  all  other  missionary  work  readily  falls  into  the  place  intended 
by  Christ,  and,  by  the  blessing  of  the  God  of  missions,  will  surely 
lead  to  glorious  results.  Any  departure  from  this  Divine  order,  sub- 
stituting the  wisdom  of  men  for  that  of  God,  must  inevitably  lead  to 
failure. 

THE  DIFFERENT  FORMS  OF  MISSIONARY  WORK  IN  INDIA 

BY  W.  J.  WANLESS,  M.D.,  MIRAJ,  INDIA 
Missionary  of  the  Presbyterian  Board  (North),  U.  S.  A.,  1889- 

It  is  now  generally  acknowledged  that  the  evangelization  of  the 
world  involves  not  only  the  simple  proclamation  of  the  Gospel  mes- 
sage to  every  creature,  but  the  projection  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ 
into  all  the  regions  beyond.  Not  necessarily,  and  indeed  not  desirably, 
the  Church  of  the  West,  with  its  ecclesiastical  bag,  baggage,  and  bric-a- 
brac,  but  the  the  Church  in  Spirit  and  practical  life,  modified  and 
adapted  to  suit  the  conditions  and  environment  of  the  place  of  its  plant- 
ing; hence,  the  occasion  for  composite  missions. 

The  relative  importance  of  any  department  of  missionary  work  will 


324 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


necessarily  be  determined  by  the  consideration  of  several  factors:  L 
The  country  in  which  the  work  is  established.  2.  The  degree  of  civ- 
ilization obtaining.  3.  The  spiritual  conditions  of  the  people.  4. 
Their  educational  status.  5.  The  social  and  physical  needs.  G.  In- 
dustrial development.  7.  The  attitude  of  the  ruling  power,  and,  pos- 
sibly (8)  the  personnel  adaptability  of  the  missionary  body  in  a  given 
field. 

Education  in  Relation  to  Evangelization 

In  India  it  may  be  said  that  while  the  relative  preponderance  of  a 
given  department  of  missionary  work  will  vary  somewhat  according  to 
local  conditions,  the  order  of  preference  for  all  India  of  the  different 
departments,  technically  so  called,  appears  to  be  as  follows:  1.  Edu- 
cational.   2.  Evangelistic.    3.  Medical.    4.  Industrial. 

In  the  order  of  importance  it  would  probably  be  agreed  that  the 
evangelistic  should  stand  first,  but  in  actual  time  consumed  in  its  ac- 
tivities the  evangelistic  can  not  be  said  to  hold  the  first  place.  This 
is  not  because  missionaries  do  not  regard  the  purely  evangelistic  work 
of  lesser  importance  than  other  forms  of  mission  service,  but  because 
all  departments  are  essentially  evangelistic  in  their  aim,  and  also  in 
consideration  of  the  further  fact  that  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
time  expended  in  conducting  educational  institutions  is  consumed  in- 
directly evangelical  teaching.  Another  fact  influencing  the  present 
relative  status  of  evangelistic  itineration  and  preaching  per  se,  is  that 
apart  from,  and  unpreceded  by  some  form  of  educational  or  other  pre- 
parative effort,  the  purely  evangelistic  work  has  been  comparatively 
barren  of  the  number  and  quality  of  converts  that  are  ordinarily  won 
through  the  combined  forms  of  missionary  effort. 

The  above  statement  might  not  hold  completely  if  applied  to  a 
homogeneous  community  of  aborigines  or  to  some  of  the  dominant 
lower  classes,  whose  religion  consists  mainly  of  some  form  of  demon 
worship  and  lacking  the  elements  of  developed  religion,  and  who  as  a 
class  have  little  to  lose  and  much  to  gain  in  the  social  scale  by  be- 
coming Christians.  But  even  for  these  people,  if  not  prior  to  con- 
version, certainly  afterward,  a  large  proportion  of  the  missionary's 
time  must  be  spent  in  their  intellectual  and  physical  improvement. 
There  appear  to  be  two  other  basic  reasons  which  may  be  mentioned 
in  defense  of  the  average  missionary  in  India  giving  relatively  so 
scant  a  portion  of  his  time  to  strictly  evangelical  work.  One  is  the 
general  illiteracy  of  the  country,  six  per  cent,  of  the  entire  population — 
and  only  one  in  three  hundred  and  thirty  of  the  women  of  India — being 
able  to  read  and  write.  The  Gospel  may  be  printed,  but  to  read  there 
must  be  readers,  and  the  government  of  India  is  not  producing  read- 
ers in  a  measure  in  any  way  commensurate  with  the  growth  of  the 
population  or  the  aspirations  of  the  Church  of  Christ  for  the  purpose 
of  evangelization. 


1905] 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 


325 


Another  condition  necessitating  missionary  education  is  the  exist- 
ence in  India  of  the  most  stupendous  system  of  idolatry  and  super- 
stition the  world  has  ever  known  and  added  to,  and  the  result  of  which 
is  the  absence  of  a  general  desire  for  a  higher  spiritual  life  than  the 
non-Christian  religions  of  India  are  capable  of  creating.  Ignorance 
is  undoubtedly  the  foundation-stone  of  idolatry,  and  education  is  the 
cure  for  ignorance.  So  long  as  the  average  unlettered  Hindu  idolater 
or  Mohammedan  fanatic  freely  compares  his  intellectual  capacity  with 
that  of  "a  stone,"  "a  donkey,"  or  "a  monkey,"  educational  work  in 
the  interest  of  his  intelligent  acceptance  of  Christ  will  remain  a  neces- 
sity, whether  he  is  baptized  first  and  educated  second  or  educated 
first  and  baptized  second. 

That  there  is  among  the  educated  classes  an  increasing  repugnance 
to  the  grosser  forms  of  idolatrous  Hinduism  (a  fact  largely  due  to  the 
work  of  educational  missions),  as  is  evidenced  in  the  development  of 
the  Indian  Somajes,  a  wide-spread  dissatisfaction  with  Hinduism  in 
general,  and,  among  the  lower  classes  in  many  places,  a  remarkable 
Christward  movement,  is  abundantly  manifest.  And  yet,  after  all  this 
has  been  said,  the  fact  still  remains  that  while  throughout  the  land 
an  increasing  number  of  individuals  are  found  who  thirst  and  long  for 
a  better  life  than  the  non-Christian  religions  of  India  are  able  to  pro- 
duce, the  great  mass  of  the  uneducated  are  still  mad  upon  their  idols, 
and  have,  as  a  pilgrim  to  a  heathen  shrine  recently  said  to  one  of  our 
missionaries,  "no  appetite  for  the  true  God."  An  appetite  must  be 
created,  and,  once  created,  developed.  Undoubtedly  educational  mis- 
sions have  had  much  to  do  with  the  cultivation  of  a  higher  moral  and 
spiritual  taste,  and  will  continue  so  to  do.  It  should  also  be  recog- 
nized that  where  in  many  districts  simple  evangelistic  preaching  of 
the  Gospel  is  now  yielding  an  unprecedented  fruitage,  such  fruitage 
is  in  a  large  measure  the  result  of  past  years  of  seed-sowing  and  the 
development  of  Christian  character  and  life  in  station  schools,  print- 
ing-presses, medical  work,  etc.  Again,  it  should  be  borne  in  mind 
that  while  the  work  of  educational  missions  occupies  more  hands,  in- 
volves an  expenditure  of  more  time  and  money  than  any  other  form 
of  missionary  effort,  a  very  large  part  of  this  outlay,  if  not  the  major 
part  of  it,  is  expended  on  the  education  of  the  Christian  community, 
and  rightly  so,  since  it  is  only  by  the  use  of  an  educated  Church  and 
native  agency  that  India  is  to  be  for  Christ. 

The  outlay  of  men  and  money  involved  in  educational  work  to  the 
non-Christian  communities  in  India  is  a  question  somewhat  apart,  but  it 
is  claimed  to  be  justifiable — first,  on  the  ground  of  the  educational  need, 
which  the  government  of  India  is  unable  to  satisfactorily  meet,  and, 
second,  because  of  the  neutral  position  of  the  British  government,  and 
its  inability,  for  this  reason,  to  impart,  or  permit  to  be  imparted,  in 
government  schools,  moral  or  religious  instruction.    The  government, 


326 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


however,  not  only  permits  such  instruction  in  private  institutions,  but 
encourages  religious  instruction,  and  is  both  willing  and  desirous  of 
generously  aiding  sectarian  institutions.  The  grants  in  aid  are  offered 
alike  to  non-Christian  and  Christian  schools.  Moreover,  the  govern- 
ment of  India  highly  appreciates  the  work  of  mission  schools  as  a  force 
making  for  the  highest  type  of  national  character,  and  is  sensible  of 
the  ultimate  effect  upon  the  nation  of  education  without  moral  instruc- 
tion, and  particularly  that  moral  instruction  that  has  ever  been  the 
mainstay  of  the  British  nation — the  morals  of  Christ  and  Christianity. 

Again,  the  fact  of  the  present  preponderance  of  educational  mis- 
sion work  among  non-Christians  finds  reasonable  support  in  the  op- 
portunity which  schools  for  heathen  children  afford  to  inculcate  in  the 
most  susceptible  of  minds  the  vital  truths  of  Christianity,  and  in  the 
attending  results  of  such  work  in  the  matter  of  actual  conversions  of 
many  who  received  their  first  Christian  impressions  in  village  schools. 
The  higher  educational  institutions,  on  the  other  hand,  have  exerted 
the  largest  influence  among  the  educated  classes,  a  large  percentage 
of  the  first  generation  of  influential  Indian  Christians  having  been 
won  through  the  colleges  and  schools  carried  on  mainly  for  non- 
Christians. 

The  educational  masses  will  continue  to  be  most  largely  won  by  the 
educated  and  educational  classes,  while  the  influence  of  educated  con- 
verts upon  illiterate  or  poorly  educated  non-Christians  will  be  rela- 
tively greater,  other  things  being  equal,  than  that  of  the  unlettered 
converts,  since  men  of  intelligence  are  always  revered  in  India  even 
by  the  lowest  classes,  provided  their  disposition  is  sympathetic.  These 
seem  to  me  to  be  the  main  arguments  in  behalf  of  the  present  pre- 
dominating status  of  educational  missions  in  India. 

Inasmuch  as  evangelism  is  the  object  and  essence  of  all  missionary 
service,  the  occasion  for  its  existence  as  a  department  of  missions  needs 
no  argument  in  its  defense  save  to  emphasize  its  larger  expansion. 

Medical  Work 

Medical  mission  work  in  India  now  occupies  an  increasingly  prom- 
inent place  in  the  missionary  agencies  of  that  country.  There  are 
now  two  hundred  and  sixty-five  foreign  medical  missionaries,  having 
under  their  care  three  hundred  and  thirteen  hospitals  and  dispensa- 
ries, and  treating  annually  upward  of  two  million  of  patients. 

As  a  field,  India  is  perhaps  less  suitable,  in  some  respects,  for  the 
extensive  development  of  medical  mission  work  that  some  fields  (for 
example,  China),  since  the  government  of  India  has  developed  so  large 
and  efficient  a  civil  medical  service.  This  service  is,  however,  still 
confined  mainly  to  the  great  cities  and  larger  towns,  while  in  the  vil- 
lages the  percentage  of  people  who  die  unattended  in  sickness  is  still 
very  large. 


1905] 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 


327 


Ninety  per  cent,  of  the  people  of  India  live  in  villages,  and  there 
are  still  566,000  villages  with  a  population  of  500  or  less,  and  thou- 
sands of  large  villages  and  towns,  without  a  resident  educated  physi- 
cian. Even  in  the  City  of  Calcutta,  the  best-supplied  city  in  India 
with  physicians,  three  out  of  every  five  die  unattended  by  physicians. 

Medical  mission  work  in  the  village  districts  of  India  is  still  capa- 
ble of  wide-spread  extension,  while  the  social  conditions  among  women 
in  the  cities  make  medical  work  for  women  a  crying  need  in  the  cities 
as  well  as  in  the  villages. 

The  establishment  and  expansion  of  medical  mission  work  in  India 
is  justifiable  on  the  following  grounds : 

1.  Its  Christlike  character,  and  its  usefulness  in  demonstrating 
the  practical  character  of  the  Christian  religion. 

2.  It  disarms  prejudice  and  removes  hostility. 

3.  It  makes  possible  other  forms  of  missionary  work. 

4.  It  relieves  a  large  amount  of  physical  suffering,  otherwise  unre- 
lieved and  uncared  for. 

5.  It  is  the  means  of  bringing  large  numbers  of  people  within  the 
direct  hearing  of  the  Gospel. 

Conditions  calling  for  the  exercise  of  these  functions  still  prevail 
throughout  the  village  districts  of  India,  and  to  some  extent  in  the 
cities. 

Industrial  Work 

Industrial  missions  in  India  have  developed  by  leaps  and  bounds 
in  the  past  few  years.  The  occasion  for  the  expansion  of  this  depart- 
ment of  the  missionary  enterprise  may  be  said  to  be:  1.  The  large 
number  of  destitute  children  left  on  the  hands  of  the  various  missions, 
to  whom  these  children  look  for  support  and  fitting  for  life's  duties. 
2.  The  necessity  in  many  districts  of  providing  a  means  of  livelihood 
to  many  of  the  converts,  to  whom  employment  is  not  available  among 
their  own  non-Christian  communities.  3.  The  development  of  a  self- 
supporting  native  Church,  which  becomes  possible  only  so  far  as  the 
Christian  community  is  independent  of  mission  funds  for  its  main- 
tenance and  material  support. 

This  work  calls  for  an  increasing  number  of  men  who,  while  not 
specially  fitted  for  other  forms  of  mission  service,  might  become  effi- 
cient specialists  in  this  department,  and  thus  indirectly  very  materi- 
ally aid  in  the  evangelization  of  India. 

With  regard  to  the  possible  harm  that  might  result  from  the  undue 
development  of  one  form  of  mission  work  over  another,  it  is  difficult 
to  appreciate  what  might  be  the  real  harm  of  almost  any  conceivable 
expansion  in  India  of  either  educational,  medical,  or  industrial,  since 
the  need  for  all  is  so  stupendous  as  compared  with  supply  in  Christian 
countries,  even  admitting  that  the  need  for  evangelistic  work  is  still 
greater.    The  only  real  injury  likely  to  result  from  the  undesirable 


328 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


preponderance  of  any  one  department  over  another  would  be  in  the 
retardation  of  the  ultimate  end  of  all  mission  work — evangelization — 
by  diverting  money  and  energy  from  the  work  of  evangelization  at  a 
given  stage  of  a  mission's  development,  or  by  failure  to  use  such 
money  and  energy  in  some  form  of  work  most  needy  and  desirable  at 
the  time. 

The  proper  balance  of  departments  can  only  be  maintained  by  the 
adoption,  on  the  part  of  the  home  society,  of  general  principles  to  gov- 
ern such  questions,  plus  the  judgment  of  the  mission  organization  on 
the  field  in  which  the  control  of  details  of  administration  should  be 
vested.  Viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  general  needs,  influence,  and 
opportunity  in  India,  the  following  would  appear  to  be  the  relative 
numerical  demand:  Among  every  twenty  missionaries,  including 
women,  there  should  be  nine  for  general  mission  work,  three  for  edu- 
cational work,  three  for  evangelization  and  church  work,  three  for 
medical  work,  and  one  for  industrial  work. 

In  conclusion,  it  might  be  well  to  inquire  if,  in  view  of  the  past 
seed-sowing  and  the  present  development  of  station  institutions,  the 
time  has  not  come  for  putting  a  larger  emphasis  on  purely  evangel- 
istic work,  for,  after  all,  nothing  and  nobody  can  satisfy  the  hungry 
soul  save  an  appropriation  of  Jesus  Christ  and  His  life,  be  the 
seeker  educated  or  illiterate,  or  some  one  in  need  of  physical  aid. 

If  evangelistic  work  is  the  most  important,  as  we  must,  after  all, 
concede  that  it  is,  the  effort  ought  certainly  to  be  made  to  make  it  the 
dominating  force  in  all  our  institutions,  whether  they  be  educational, 
medical,  or  industrial,  at  the  same  time  persistently  endeavoring  to 
increase  the  force  of  men  whose  whole  time  can  be  given  to  strictly 
evangelistic  work. 

CHRIST'S  FORCES  IN  KOREA 

BY  REY.  GEORGE  HEBER  JOXES,  PH.D.,  SEOUL,  KOREA 
Missionary  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  (North) 

Korea  presents  a  peculiarly  attractive  field  to  Protestant  missions 
because  of  the  ready  response  it  has  made  to  evangelical  teaching. 
Twenty  years  ago  there  were  twenty  thousand  Roman  Christians  in 
Korea  and  no  evangelical  Christians.  To-day  there  are  fifty-five 
thousand  in  the  Roman  Church  and  fifty  thousand  in  the  evangelical 
churches  in  this  country.  In  other  words,  the  growth  of  evangelical 
missions  has  overtaken  that  of  the  Roman  missions  in  Korea.  This, 
as  far  as  my  knowledge  goes,  is  an  unparalleled  fact  in  the  history  of 
missions  to-day. 

The  permanent  factor  contributing  to  this  remarkable  condition  of 
affairs  is  to  be  found  in  the  Koreans  themselves,  who  are  more  at- 
tracted to  the  evangelical  form  of  belief  than  to  the  Roman  Catholic. 
In  explanation  of  this  my  observance  is  that  one  of  the  peculiar  weak- 


1905] 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 


329 


nesses  of  Romanism  in  Korea  is  its  denial  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  to 
the  rank  and  file  of  its  members.  The  Korean  people  are  a  scholarly 
people,  and  have  been  taught  by  Confucianism  to  place  great  value 
upon  the  classics.  One  of  the  great  works  of  evangelical  missions  in 
Korea  has  been  the  emphasizing  of  the  fact  that  Christianity  has  in 
the  Holy  Scriptures  its  great  classic  which  stands  out  by  itself,  differ- 
ent from  secondary  works  of  comment  and  exegesis.  It  is  only  under 
evangelical  Christianity  that  the  Koreans  can  secure  the  foundation 
and  fountain-head  of  Christian  teaching.  In  the  fore  front  of  the 
agencies  working  at  the  present  time  for  theChristianization  of  Korea 
I  would  put  the  Bible  Society's  ivork.  It  is  an  agency  of  the  first 
order  and  highest  value,  addressing  itself  to  the  translation  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  Holy  Scripture.  It  has  laid  a  foundation  of  the  only 
permanent  and  satisfactory  kind,  and  to  the  work  it  has  done  must  be 
credited  not  a  small  share  of  the  present  marvelous  success  of  missions 
in  Korea. 

The  evangelistic  luork  in  Korea  has  been  a  pronounced  feature  of 
our  history  there  because  of  the  splendid  loyalty  and  unceasing  activ- 
ity of  the  native  converts  themselves.  The  regenerative  force  of 
Christianity  in  the  individual  lives  of  the  converts  has  assumed  the 
character  of  a  propulsive  force,  thrusting  them  out  as  witnesses  to 
their  Lord  and  constraining  them  to  become  laborers  in  God's  great 
harvest-field  here.  There  is  no  question  as  to  the  permanent  and 
complete  evangelization  of  Korea  through  native  agencies.  The  great 
problem  in  connection  with  them  is  their  training  for  this  work  and 
the  education  of  the  native  Church.  The  present  force  of  missionaries 
in  Korea  finds  itself  occupied  beyond  its  powers  with  the  great  duties 
of  preserving  the  purity  of  Christian  dogma,  administering  discipline, 
and  directing  the  energy  of  the  splendid  native  Church  that  is  grow- 
ing up  there.  The  opportunity  of  history  confronts  the  Christian 
Church  to-day  in  Korea,  and  if  an  adequate  reinforcement  could  be 
made  to  the  forces  there,  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  acceleration  of  the 
final  triumph  of  Christ  in  that  empire. 

The  present  is  a  transition  period  in  the  educational  work  in 
Korea.  The  government  has  not  yet  succeeded  in  establishing  a  work- 
ing system  in  public  schools.  If  we  can  emphasize,  this  agency  in 
Korea  to-day  we  might  be  able  to  formulate  and  mold  the  eventual 
form  of  education  in  the  empire  so  as  to  deliver  it  from  pagan  sur- 
vivals, atheistic  modifications,  and  rationalistic  trammels.  Two  mil- 
lion youth,  as  well  as  four  million  children,  present  a  field  that  is  at- 
tractive beyond  description.  The  work,  especially  in  our  day-schools 
among  the  younger  people,  has  been  peculiarly  successful  and  fruitful, 
for  all  these  children  come  under  Christian  auspices,  and  one  of  the 
encouraging  characteristics  of  the  average  Korean  congregation  is  the 
large  number  of  children  that  are  found  in  all  of  the  services. 


330 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


Korea  is  distinguished  in  the  history  of  Chinese  Asia  as  a  fountain- 
head  of  medical  learning.  Its  drugs  have  been  sought  for  far  and 
wide,  and  its  teachings  have  been  in  other  days  honored  in  both  China 
and  Japan;  but  it  has  had  little  besides  superstition  and  the  insane 
fancies  of  error  to  offer  men.  Along  medical  lines  its  teachings  too 
often  have  found  expression  in  crazy  antics,  filthy  remedies,  and  ob- 
scene practises.  Christian  medical  science  introduced  into  the  empire 
by  that  honored  pioneer,  Dr.  Horace  N.  Allen,  has  to-day  a  field  which  is 
far-reaching  in  its  extent,  and  an  opportunity  which  will  be  felt  in  the 
life  of  the  nation  through  all  coming  time.  The  great  work  which 
confronts  medical  missions  in  Korea  is  that  of  founding  an  institute 
for  the  training  of  native  physicians  who  will  go  forth  as  Christians  in 
the  empire. 

These  three  lines  of  work — evangelistic,  educational,  and  medical — 
find  an  added  expression  and  a  reinforcement  to  all  the  good  of  which 
they  are  capable  in  the  special  work  that  is  being  done  under  the 
auspices  of  Christian  women  in  Korea.  Their  work  has  found  a 
ready  response  at  the  hands  of  the  Koreans,  and  wonderful  indeed  have 
been  its  triumphs. 

There  is  a  roundedness  and  completeness  in  the  organization  of  these 
various  forces  of  Christianity  in  Korea  which  makes  their  strength  as 
the  strength  of  ten.  No  petty  rivalries  have  arisen  to  mar  our  peace. 
The  spirit  of  unity  and  cooperation  has  found  expression  as  well  in  the 
intermissionary  life  of  the  community.  It  is  a  delightful  thing  to  be 
a  missionary  in  Korea,  for  behold!  how  good  and  precious  it  is  for 
brethren  to  dwell  together  in  unity! 

METHODS  USED  IN  THE  EVANGELIZATION  OF  TURKEY 

BY  REV.  CHARLES  C.  TRACY,  D.D.,  MARSOVAN,  TURKEY 
Missionary  of  the  American  Board,  1867- 

The  principle,  the  spirit,  and  the  methods  in  true  evangelization 
are  those  of  Christ.  Why  should  it  take  us  two  thousand  years  to 
understand  the  Master's  way  ?  Christ's  idea  is  the  Kingdom  of  God, 
and  He  taught  us  to  pray  "  Thy  Kingdom  come."  It  goes  without 
saying  that  we  should  work  in  a  way  most  in  harmony  with  the  idea 
and  best  calculated  to  advance  the  Kingdom.  The  methods  of  great- 
est importance  are  simple. 

Preaching. — We  must  publish  the  message  simply  and  fervently, 
as  Jesus  did,  wherever  there  is  opportunity :  in  the  temple,  by  the  sea, 
on  the  mountain,  in  the  school,  in  the  market-place,  by  the  fountain, 
by  the  way.  Preach  it  by  the  circulation  of  the  Scriptures  and  what- 
ever printed  pages  can  serve  as  a  vehicle  for  the  message.  This 
preaching  is  vital.  Many  good  people  think  it  is  all ;  it  is  not,  as 
Jesus  himself  shows  us. 

The  School. — Very  early  in  His  ministry  the  Master  founded  a 


1905] 


MISSIONARY  METHODS  IN  FOREIGN  FIELDS 


331 


school,  and  no  other  school  on  earth  has  ever  had  such  influence  as 
that  of  the  twelve  disciples.  That  school  was  incomparably  the  high- 
est and  best  of  the  age.  Not  Gamaliel  at  Jerusalem,  not  the  inquisi- 
tive Greeks  at  Athens,  not  the  practical  Romans  by  the  Tiber,  had 
anything  to  compare  with  it  for  breadth,  for  sound  teaching,  concern- 
ing God,  and  nature,  and  man.  Missionaries  who  have  such  a  precious 
thing  committed  to  them  should  commit  it  in  turn  "to  faithful  men 
who  also  shall  teach  others."  They  should  establish  the  best  schools 
in  the  lands  we  labor  in — the  schools  that  develop  the  highest  man- 
hood. In  them  Christ  must  be  Master,  and  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven 
the  first  thing.  There  are  not  a  few  so-called  Christian  schools  with 
very  little  of  positive  Christianity  in  them,  and  productive  of  agnos- 
ticism. Sound  Christian  schools,  from  lowest  to  highest,  should 
accompany  evangelization.  Their  influence  is  very  penetrating.  They 
are  the  best  radiators.  Really  the  school  is  the  best  pulpit  to  preach 
from.  Even  Christ's  main  agency  was  His  school  of  disciples.  He 
accomplished  more  through  them  than  through  his  personal  preaching. 

Medical  Work. — Christ  preached  the  Gospel  of  the  Kingdom 
and  healed  the  sick  wherever  he  went.  It  is  amazing  that  Christians 
of  later  ages  should  so  have  erred  as  to  think  that,  because  they  were 
no  longer  gifted  to  heal  miraculously,  therefore  they  could  no  more 
heal  at  all.  The  care  of  the  sick,  which  is  mostly  ministration,  is  a 
natural  expression  of  the  spirit  of  the  Gospel,  and  should  accompany 
its  proclamation  everywhere.  It  should  not  be  put  in  the  category  of 
signs  and  wonders,  as  if  it  belonged  there  alone.  The  benevolent 
spirit  of  the  Gospel  does  more  healing  now  than  it  did  in  the  days  of 
Christ  and  His  apostles.  He  himself  said :  "  Greater  works  than  these 
shall  ye  do."  The  propriety  of  the  medical  mission  no  longer  needs 
advocacy;  the  common  sense  of  it,  the  Divine  sense  of  it,  are  evident. 

Industrial  Self-help. — This  method  should  be  used,  as  far  as 
practicable,  in  connection  with  the  training  of  the  young.  Foreign 
support  of  pupils  in  mission  schools  should  not  even  be  contemplated 
where  there  is  any  practicable  way  of  avoiding  it.  It  is  damaging 
and  dangerous  unless  used  with  the  greatest  caution.  Rather  than 
help  pupils  directly  it  is  better  to  take  twice  the  pains  to  help  them 
to  help  themselves.  Yet  there  are,  even  now,  schools  where  pupils  are 
taken  up,  boarded,  clothed,  educated,  and  spoiled,  at  foreign  expense. 
The  self-help  students  are  better,  brighter,  manlier,  more  efficient  and 
practical,  more  economical,  and  always  more  grateful. 

These  four  methods  have  proved  highly  successful  in  the  field  in 
which  I  have  labored  nearly  forty  years.  They  have  developed  a  cluster 
of  churches  and  communities  essentially  self-supporting,  a  college  and 
a  girls'  seminary,  with  about  two  hundred  students  each,  paying  a 
larger  proportion  of  the  running  expenses  than  is  paid  by  students  in 
even  the  foremost  institutions  in  the  United  States,  a  well-established 
hospital,  and  a  successful  self-help  department  nearly  self-supporting. 
If  called  upon  to  give  up  one  of  these  four  methods,  which  would  it 
be  ?    Which  of  the  four  wheels  of  a  chariot  could  best  be  spared  ? 


Al!~rZR  THE  MASSACRE  IN  KISHINEV 

The  Relief  Committee  and  some  of  the  relieved  leaving  the  Committee  room 


THE  JEWS  IN  RUSSIA 

BY  KEY.  SAMUEL  H.  WILKINSON,  LONDON.  ENGLAND 
Superintendent  of  the  Mildmay  Mission  to  the  Jews,  London 

A  very  tyro  in  the  study  of  prophecy,  or  at  least  of  God's  plans 
concerning  the  Israel  people,  could  not  fail  to  connect  the  present 
condition  and  outlook  in  the  Eussian  Empire  with  its  treatment  of  the 
Jews  in  recent  years.  Like  as  God  used  ancient  Assyria  as  His  saw, 
axe,  and  rod  to  chastise  Israel,  so  He  has  permitted  in  our  times  His 
still  beloved  race  to  be  the  victim  of  Russia's  oppression;  and  like  as 
proud  Assyria,  when  God's  use  of  her  as  an  instrument  of  chastisement 
was  finished,  was  herself  laid  low,  so  is  imperial  and  imperious  Russia 
enduring  the  bitterest  humiliation  of  her  history.  Not  only  the  loss 
of  men  and  money  and  prestige  (another  name  for  national  pride)  by 
her  military  reverses  and  broken  fleets  :  nor  the  wild  and  stupid  blun- 
ders of  her  public  men,  occasioning  a  general  feeling  of  unrest  and 
distrust  in  court  and  government  circles;  but,  most  serious  of  all,  the 
oncoming  tide  of  forces  that  will  no  longer  suffer  oppression  in  silence. 

The  chief  element  of  danger  in  the  popular  rising  lies  in  the  exist- 
ence of  the  secret  societies  and  the  Jews  themselves,  the  younger  gen- 
eration of  which  having  in  recent  years  joined  in  large  numbers  the 
army  of  anarchy. 

Any  understanding  of  the  problem  of  the  evangelization  of  the 
Jews  in  Russia  requires  some  knowledge  of  the  origin  and  history  of 
Russia's  Jewish  population  and  its  present  social,  religious,  and  polit- 
ical condition. 

The  Jew,  separate  tho  he  is,  receives  in  a  certain  degree  an  imprint 
from  his  environment  and  that  of  his  fathers.  His  character  is  molded 
and  modified  by  the  climate  and  country  of  his  sojourn.  Russia's 
treatment  of  the  Jew  has  been  unique,  and  a  unique  type  has  been 
evolved. 

The  Rumanian  Jew,  tho  also  the  victim  of  injustice,  is  different; 
the  Galician,  different  again.    The  Russian  type,  however,  largely  pre- 


1905] 


THE  JEWS  IN  RUSSIA 


333 


dominates  in  the  immigrants  into  the  United  States,  speedily  losing 
its  characteristics  when  acted  upon  by  the  influences  of  American  life. 

The  Jewish  persecutions  of  Christianized  Europe  may  be  said  to 
have  begun  with  the  Crusades.  The  continuity  has  never  been  long 
broken,  tho  the  storm-center  has  shifted  from  one  continental  country 
to  another,  and  now  again  to  Eastern  Europe. 

There  were  two  centuries,  however,  of  respite  to  Jewish  residents 
in  Poland.  In  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries  large  migrations 
of  Jews  from  Southern  Germany  into  Poland  took  place,  enjoying 
under  that  ancient  kingdom  a  mild  and  enlightened  rule.  Oppression 
recommenced  in  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  and  in  the 
eighteenth  the  final  partition  of  Poland  made  the  great  mass  of  Polish 
Jews  subjects  of  the  Russian  Empire.  We  can  well  believe  that  they 
formed  the  portion  of  the  bargain  which  Russia  least  appreciated. 


334 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


This  halcyon  period  had,  of  course,  produced  its  type  also;  nor 
have  the  succeeding  years  of  harsh  rule  quite  obliterated  it.  We 
recognize  in  the  long  coat,  the  talar  of  the  Russian  Polish  Jew,  often 
bound  around  with  a  sash  (the  classical  costume  of  the  Jew,  as  it  has 
been  called),  the  old  caftan  of  the  wealthy  Polish  squire  of  olden  days. 

The  condition  which  beyond  others  brought  the  Russian  Jew  into 
disfavor,  and  eventually  occasioned  the  institution  of  special  restrictive 
laws,  lay  in  the  gulf  between  the  Jewish  trader  and  the  Russian  peas- 
ant. The  latter  was  bound  to  fall  an  easy  prey  to  the  former.  Thus 
economic  reasons  and  not  religious  lie  at  the  root  of  antisemitism.  I 
make  bold  to  say  that  it  is  always  so,  whether  antisemitism  take  the 
form  of  CtiUurkampf,  as  in  Germany,  or  a  State  policy,  as  in  Russia. 
Jewish  writers  often  represent  antisemitism  as  religious  intolerance. 
I  believe,  rather,  that  jealousy  of  superiority  and  success,  or  the  neces- 
sity of  self-defense — put  it  as  you  will — are  the  motives  operating  in 
antisemitism,  tho  its  champions  call  attention  to,  and  often  seek  jus- 
tification from,  racial  and  religious  differences. 

Gradually  the  Pale  of  Settlement  was  formed,  taking  fixity  in  1843. 
This  was  a  zone  within  which  alone  Jews  had  the  right  of  residence. 
This  "Pale"  remains  still  the  prison  within  which  Russia's  Jewish 
population  is  confined.  It  consists  of  fifteen  provinces  or  govern- 
ments— originally  Polish — and  the  kingdom  of  Poland,  the  whole 
embracing  nearly  all  Western  Russia  and  extending  from  Riga  in  the 
north  to  Odessa  in  the  south,  covering  313,608  square  miles,  exclusive 
of  Poland.  The  whole  of  the  territory — i.e.,  the  "pale"  and  Russian 
Poland  together — contain  a  population  of  36,078,120  by  the  last  cen- 
sus, of  which  4,923,949  are  Jews. 

Certain  classes  of  Jews  are,  however,  exempt  from  the  compulsion 
of  residence  within  the  Pale.  These  are:  (1)  merchants  of  the  first 
guild  (paying  about  $500  a  year  to  their  guild) ;  (2)  university  grad- 
uates and  higher  grade  students;  (3)  the  so-called  Nicolai  soldiers 
who  served  twenty-five  years;  (4)  druggists,  dentists,  surgeons,  and 
midwives;  (5)  skilled  artisans  earning  their  living  by  their  handi- 
craft. It  is  not  very  easy  for  Jews  to  qualify  themselves  in  the  above 
respects  (owing  to  restrictions  on  education,  to  be  afterward  referred 
to),  nor,  when  qualified,  to  secure  and  retain  their  legal  privileges  of 
residence. 

It  may  be  thought  that  a  territory  so  large  as  the  Pale  of  Settle- 
ment provided  sufficient  scope  for  a  population  of  5,000,000  Jews 
forming  less  than  one  in  seven  of  the  general  population  within  its 
limits.  That  might  have  been  so  had  not  the  famous  May  Laws  of 
1882  been  passed  under  General  Ignatieff.  By  these  laws  residence 
in  the  Pale  was  forbidden  to  any  Jew  outside  of  cities,  towns,  and 
townlets.  This  swept  a  large  country  population  into  congested 
towns,  forming,  so  to  speak,  a  Pale  within  a  Pale,  and  producing 


1905] 


THE  JEWS  IN  RUSSIA 


335 


wide-spread  want  and  misery.  This  did  not,  however,  apply  to  Rus- 
sian Poland. 

The  restrictions  on  education  began  in  1880.  In  1882  the  Military 
Academy  of  Medicine  limited  its  Jewish  students  to  5  per  cent,  of  the 
whole.  Other  institutions  followed  suit,  till  in  1887  the  Minister  of 
Public  Education  restricted  the  number  of  Jewish  pupils  in  general 
educational  establishments  to  a  proportion  of  10  per  cent,  (for  those 
residing  in  the  Pale)  of  the  whole,  5  per  cent,  (for  those  residing 
outside  the  Pale),  and  3  per  cent,  in  St.  Petersburg  and  Moscow. 

Jewish  dwellers  in  the  Pale  endure  still  further  disabilities. 
They  may  not  possess,  lease,  or  deal  in  land;  nor  trade  in  intoxicants; 


THE  FISH-MARKET  IN  MINSK.  JEWISH  RUSSIA 


nor  live  within  fifty  versts  (about  thirty-three  miles)  of  the  frontier. 
For  the  most  part  they  are  shut  out  from  municipal  or  government 
offices,  from  officerships  in  the  army,  or  from  any  position  in  the 
navy.  These  restrictions  are  based  on  mistrust,  and  have  begotten 
hatred  and  produced  a  grave  public  danger. 

In  the  words  of  an  able  American,  Colonel  John  B.  Weber:  "The 
Jew  in  Russia  is  an  alien  in  the  land  of  his  birth,  a  subject  who  bears 
an  undue  share  of  the  burdens  of  government  without  the  privileges 
of  its  meanest  citizen."  Three  open  and  apparent  results  have  fol- 
lowed this  senseless  and  unjust  policy.  Firstly,  popular  outbreaks 
against  the  Jews,  never  so  serious  as  since  the  famous  May  Laws  of 
1882.  Secondly,  the  flight  of  many  thousands  of  emigrants  to  America, 
South  Africa,  and  England  since  the  same  year.  Thirdly,  the  fact  that 
Jews  form  a  large  and  by  no  means  the  least  dangerous  element  in  the 
present  revolution. 

A  less  apparent  but  equally  real  result  is  the  baneful  influence  this 
policy  of  restriction  has  exercised  upon  the  character  of  the  Jews 


PRISONERS  ON  THE  MARCH  THROUGH  I.UBIN,  RUSSIA 


themselves.  Confinement  in  overcrowded  ghettos  and  in  enforced 
poverty  has  deteriorated  their  physique;  the  conflict  for  prosperity 
against  unjust  odds  has  warped  their  moral  sense  and  developed  a  pre- 
cocious skill  in  fraud,  while  "truth  is  perished  and  is  cut  off  from  their 
mouth."  It  is  only  in  recent  years  that  Jewesses  have  largely  recruited 
the  immoral  classes  in  the  larger  towns.  Their  mental  activity,  de- 
barred from  the  higher  avenues  of  education,  has  run  into  infidelity 
and  socialism.  The  effect  upon  their  religious  convictions  has  natu- 
rally been  to  steel  their  hearts  against  everything  under  the  name  of 
Christianity. 

If  any  doubt  this  last  statement,  let  it  be  remembered  that  synod 
and  senate  are  the  two  wings  of  the  Russian  eagle — in  other  words,  that 
Church  and  State  work  together.  It  is  said  that  prior  to  the  present 
revolution  the  Czar  was  willing  to  relax  certain  laws  till  he  was  re- 
minded that  the  Holy  Church,  of  which  he  is  ex  officio  the  head,  would 
suffer.  The  Orthodox  Church  welcomes  Jews  into  her  fold  without 
delay  or  difficulty,  and  their  entry  releases  them  at  once  from  every 
disability  which  rests  upon  them  otherwise  as  Jews. 

But  now  that  we  come  to  the  religious  question,  we  must  go  further 
than  the  State-imposed  legal  restrictions  under  which  the  Russian  Jew 
groans,  and  examine  somewhat  his  own  religious  system  and  the  in- 
fluences which  obtain  among  his  own  people,  and  which  go  to  control 
his  actions  and  form  his  character.  There  we  find  a  despotism  as  great, 
if  not  greater,  than  the  Russian  government  itself.  The  terror  of  the 
poorer  Jew  in  a  Russian  ghetto,  who  lives  among  and  gains  his  living 
with  his  Jewish  confreres,  is  the  Kahal  (the  Court  of  the  Congrega- 
tion), which,  controlled  by  the  wealthier  Jews,  interferes  in  civil,  social, 
as  well  as  religious  matters. 

Judaism  is  the  religion  of  the  Jews,  and  it  is  needless  to  say  that 
it  has  ceased  to  be  the  religion  of  Moses;  it  is  no  longer  Mosaism  but 
Rabbinism.    With  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  the  Temple  sacrifices 


1905] 


THE  JEWS  IN  RUSSIA 


337 


ceased;  long  ere  that  the  Shekinak  glory,  symbol  of  God's  presence, 
disappeared.  There  is  no  priesthood,  no  prophetic  voice.  It  is  a  re- 
ligion of  law  and  tradition.  Foremost  among  the  literary  products  of 
rabbinical  tradition  is  the  Talmud,  a  vast  compilation  of  dicta  and 
legend,  which  took  shape  between  the  fall  of  Jerusalem  and  500  a.d. 
The  four  main  religious  divisions  of  Juadism  are  all  found  among  the 
Jewish  population  of  Russia.  The  bulk  of  the  Jews  in  Russia  are  still 
orthodox — i.e.,  faithful  to  the  Talmud  and  the  rabbi.  The  four  divi- 
sions are  as  follows: 

1.  Orthodox  Judaism. 

2.  Chassidism  is  a  sect  of  mystics  possessing  a  Cabalistic  literature. 
The  founder  of  Modern  Chassidism  was  Israel  Baal  Shem  Tob  (1740-1772). 
A  fictitious  but  instructive  sketch  of  him  appears  in  Israel  Zangwill's 
"Dreamers  of  the  Ghetto,"  under  the  title  "The  Master  of  the  Name  " 
(page  102).  Assessments  of  the  number  of  Chassidim  in  Russian  and 
Russian  Poland  differ,  but  there  are  possibly  over  400,000.  A  feature  of 
the  sect  is  the  miracle-working  rabbi  (Zadik),  who  is  treated  by  his  de- 
votees as  a  saint  and  appealed  to  in  all  kinds  of  difficulty  or  sickness. 

3.  Modern  or  Reform  Judaism  is  more  the  product  of  the  West  than 
of  Eastern  Europe.  It  is  most  extreme  and  established  in  America.  It 
is  semirationalistic,  ignores  tradition,  and  in  its  worship  is  little  better 
than  a  social  function,  since  dead  ethical  precepts  have  little  effect. 
However,  Reform  Judaism  is  found  in  Russia,  tho  less  pronounced  in  its 
revolt  from  orthodoxy. 

4.  Karaism.  This  division  is  numerically  small.  It  was  founded  by 
Anan  ben  David  in  the  eighth  century  as  a  protest  against  Talmudical 
tradition  and  a  movement  back  to  the  Bible.  These  people  are  sometimes 
called  the  Protestants  among  the  Jews.  In  Russia  they  enjoy  civil  rights. 
They  are  found  in  the  Crimea,  also  in  Egypt  and  on  the  Black  Sea.  In 
process  of  time  they  have  come  to  have  traditions  of  their  own. 

As  stated,  the  great  mass  of  Russian  Jews  are  orthodox,  and  there- 
fore to  the  bondage  of  the  Russian  government  is  to  be  added  that  of 
the  Court  of  the  Congregation,  and  the  strange,  enthralling  spell  of  the 
burdensome  enactments  which  Talmudism  inflicts  upon  them.  Taken 
together,  they  form  a  bondage  physical,  moral,  and  spiritual. 

It  is  impossible  to  give  here  even  a  brief  history  of  the  formation 
of  the  Talmud  and  the  other  great  Jewish  commentaries.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  Talmudic  or  orthodox  Jew  will  perhaps  be  best  under- 
stood if  I  quote  Dr.  John  Wilkinson  "  Rabbinism  is  Jewish  popery, 
and  popery  is  Christian  Rabbinism."  Dr.  Bonar  gives  in  tabular  form, 
as  an  Appendix  to  his  "  Narrative  of  a  Mission  to  the  Jews, "  the  points 
of  similarity  between  orthodox  Judaism  and  Roman  Catholicism,  con- 
stituting a  striking  parallel.  The  Word  of  God,  even  the  Old  Testa- 
ment Scriptures,  which  it  is  part  of  the  Jewish  creed  to  believe,  are 
literally  made  of  none  effect  by  their  encrustation  of  Talmudic 
tradition. 

But  turning  now  to  the  missionary  problem,  there  was  another  and 


33S 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


a  prior  difficulty  to  be  faced — viz.,  the  getting  at  the  Russian  Jew  at 
all.  This  difficulty  lays  in  the  Russian  laws,  which  prohibit  all 
propagandism — viz.,  all  proselytizing  to  sects  other  than  the  State 
(Greek)  Church.  It  is  necessary  to  add  that  the  average  Rus- 
sian mind  hardly  understands  any  preaching  of  the  Gospel  of  Sal- 
vation in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  apart  from  an  effort  to  win  adherents 
to  some  particular  sect.  Hence,  Gospel  work  is  forbidden  by  law, 
public  meetings  (except  in  duly  licensed  places  of  worship)  are  illegal 
under  ordinary  circumstances,  and  most  of  the  avenues  by  which  one 
might  gain  the  ear  of  the  Jew  in  Russia  are  closed  by  the  laws  of  the 
country. 

Not  all  avenues  are  closed,  however;  there  is  one  exception,  viz.,  the 
distribution  of  the  Scriptures  and  of  literature  which  has  been  passed 
by  the  official  censor.  This  avenue,  as  I  desire  now  to  make  clear,  has 
proved  a  wider  one  than  is  implied  in  this  description;  for  by  means 
of  that  open  door  the  Mildmay  Mission  to  the  Jews  has  been  able  to 
open  depots,  or  stores,  in  various  cities  for  the  supply  of  Scriptures  and 
literature,  and  to  undertake  missionary  journeys  for  the  same  purpose, 
possessing  in  connection  therewith  the  fullest  liberty  for  the  witness 
of  the  Gospel — not,  indeed,  in  the  form  of  organized  meetings  with 
singing  and  prayer,  but  in  conversations  with  groups  and  individuals, 
which  often  take  the  form  of  addresses  to  considerable  congregations. 

This  work  was  commenced  in  the  summer  of  1887  in  the  city  of 
Wilna,  a  stronghold  of  Judaism.*  Subsequently  mission  depots  were 
established  in  Berditschew,  Bjalestok,  and  other  towns,  while  long 
missionary  itineraries  through  centers  of  Jewish  life  were  undertaken, 
by  means  of  which  during  the  nearly  eighteen  years  that  have  elapsed 
considerably  over  half  a  million  copies  of  the  New  Testament  and 
portions  thereof,  as  well  as  numerous  copies  of  the  Old  Testament  and 
countless  tracts  have  been  (for  the  most  part  freely)  circulated  in  Rus- 
sian territory,  and  upward  of  one  hundred  towns,  large  and  small, 
visited  by  missionaries  of  the  Cross. 

Mission  depots  are  now  being  maintained  in  Wilna,  Warsaw,  Minsk, 
Odessa,  and  Lublin,  and  we  hope  one  will  shortly  be  opened  in  Praga, 
a  large  suburb  of  Warsaw.  There  are  eight  missionaries  \  employed 
in  carrying  on  this  work,  either  in  daily  attendance  at  one  or  other  of 
the  depots,  or  in  undertaking  missionary  journeys.  The  work  for  the 
moment  is  in  suspense  for  a  few  days — at  least,  during  the  reign  of 
terror  occasioned  by  the  present  revolution.    The  last  letters  from 


♦Its  beginnings  are  reported  in  a  small  book  entitled  "The  Story  of  the  New  Testa 
ment  Movement,"  published  by  the  Mildmay  Mission  to  the  Jews'  Bookstore,  Central  Hall, 
Philpot  Street,  London,  E.,  England. 

t  Their  names  are:  Messrs.  Nelom  and  Salzberg  at  Wilna,  Messrs.  Levinski  and  Joffe  at 
Warsaw,  Messrs.  Gurland  and  Rosenberg  at  Odessa,  Mr.  Meyersohn  at  Minsk,  and  Mr.  Snoer- 
stein  at  Lublin.  The  reports  of  their  work  are  published  month  by  month  in  the  magazine 
Trusting  and  Toiling  on  Israel's  Behalf,  edited  by  the  writer  of  this  article. 


1905] 


THE  JEWS  IN  RUSSIA 


339 


W  arsaw  speak  of  shut  stores,  deserted  and  unlighted  streets,  and  even 
peaceful  citizens  subjected  to  attacks  from  the  military. 

These  stores,  or  depots,  are  open  daily  under  special  permit.  By 
virtue  of  the  permit  Scriptures  and  tracts  may  be  distributed  or  sold, 
and  their  contents  explained.  This  last  clause  has  been  the  open  door 
for  the  freest  missionary  witness.  The  shop  itself  and  its  window  of 
literature  are  sufficient  attraction  to  the  Jews.  Some,  to  be  sure,  are 
repelled,  but  others  come,  the  younger  generation  especially.  Here 
there  is  open  discussion  of  Messianic  prophecies,  of  the  person  and 
work  of  the  Lord  Jesus;  the  sinner's  need  and  the  Savior's  welcome 
are  pressed  home,  and  many  have  been  the  cases  of  actual  conversion.* 

So  for  eighteen  years  the  seed  of  the  Word  in  print  and  in  word 


THE  BANK  SQCARE  IN  WARSAW.  RUSSIA 

The  Mildmay  Mission  Bible  Depot  is  the  door  on  the  left 


has  been  faithfully  sown,  amid  unusual  difficulty  and  on  hard  soil: 
but  it  has  already  borne  fruit,  and  is  going  to  bear  more.  During  the 
progress  of  this  work  three  great  needs  have  become  manifest,  even 
urgent.  They  are:  (1)  The  purchase  and  production  of  good  tract 
matter  for  Jewish  readers,  with  a  view  to  a  much  wider  distribution, 
to  follow  up  the  countless  cases  where  the  Scriptures  have  gone  before. 
(2)  A  home  or  temporary  shelter,  or  hospiz,  for  Jewish  converts, 
often  thrown  out  of  employment  and  rejected  by  their  friends  at  a 
moment's  notice,  sometimes  even  in  personal  peril,  and  who  need  a 
roof  and  Christian  influence  until  they  can  earn  their  own  livelihood 
or  even  after.  (3)  A  wider  extension  of  the  system  of  mission  depots, 
which  have  proved  and  are  proving  such  a  valuable  opportunity  of 
witness  for  Christ  to  the  Jews  of  Russia  and  Russian  Poland. 

If  it  be  realized  that  the  true  starting-point  of  missions  is  the  mis- 
sion to  the  Jews,  we  naturally  inquire  as  we  look  over  the  world,  Where 
is  the  greatest  number  of  Jews  and  where  the  greatest  need  ?  The 
answer  to  both  these  questions  is,  In  Russia.  1  believe  that  Jewish 
Russia  is  also  the  place  of  greatest  opportunity  along  the  lines  described. 

*  On  the  first  day  of  my  arrival  in  New  York  last  summer,  when  I  found  my  way  to  a 
small  Jewish  mission  on  the  East  Side,  the  first  man  I  met  was  a  Jew  from  Wilna,  brought  to 
Christ  in  the  mission  depot  there  the  previous  year. 


340 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


"WHAT  MEANETH  THIS?" 

A  LETTER  FROM  THE  SCENES  OF  REVIVAL  IN  WALES 

BY  THE  EDITOR-IK-CHIEF 

Such  is  the  common  question  of  those  who  are  personal  spectators 
of  that  remarkable  movement  now  in  progress  in  Wales. 

Nothing  at  all  parallel  to  it  has  been  witnessed  in  at  least  a  half 
century.  We  had  read  much  of  the  reports  of  it  now  found  even  in 
the  daily  press,  and  through  private  correspondence;  but  a  week's 
study  of  these  phenomena,  on  the  ground,  and  in  the  very  heart  of 
this  awakening,  has  produced  far  deeper  impressions  of  God's  wonder 
working. 

Perhaps  the  most  emphatic  feature  of  the  whole  movement  is  that 
it  is  so  manifestly  of  God.  It  pertains  to  the  supernatural.  The 
" bush "  is  common,  but  the  "  fire"  is  not;  and  one  "  turns  aside,"  like 
Moses,  "  to  see  this  great  sight,"  and  unconsciously  removes  the  shoes 
of  irreverent  criticism,  feeling  that  he  is  on  holy  ground.  There  is 
about  this  quickening  of  a  whole  community  something  quite  out  of 
the  ordinary  lines;  in  fact,  it  is  more  than  extraordinary;  it  is  marked 
by  Divine  signs.  Even  Pharaoh's  magicians  would  say,  "This  is  the 
finger  of  God,"  as  do  hundreds  of  observers  who  are  not  reverent  by 
habit  or  spiritual  in  insight. 

For  example,  the  spontaneity  of  this  outburst  of  revival  ardor  and 
fervor  puts  upon  it  a  peculiar  stamp.  This  fire  was  not  kindled  by 
man;  it  fell,  like  that  on  Carmel,  from  above,  and  when  and  where  it 
was  not  looked  for  or  prepared  for.  No  doubt  there  had  been  indi- 
vidual seeking  after  God,  and  supplication  for  blessing.  Not  a  few, 
who  had  mourned  the  present  alarming  state  of  "  religion,"  both  the 
low  state  of  faith  and  of  life,  had  cried  to  God :  "  It  is  time  for  Thee, 
0  Lord,  to  work,  for  they  have  made  void  Thy  law."  But  no  fuel 
had  been  gathered  and  no  spark  had  been  kindled  by  man  that 
account  for  such  a  sudden,  swiftly  spreading,  and  resistless  a  flame. 
The  Lord  suddenly  came  to  His  temple.  The  natural  was  set  afire  by 
the  supernatural,  and  the  beholders  stood  aside  in  awe,  as  they  do 
still,  before  unmistakable  signals  of  His  presence  and  power.  Surely 
it  is  no  accident  that,  at  a  time  when  the  supernatural  seems  dis- 
counted if  not  denied,  there  should  be  such  an  answer  from  above  to 
the  challenge. 

There  is  also  a  sovereignity  of  grace  manifest  in  this  movement. 
It  is  the  wind  of  God,  blowing  where  it  listeth.  Man  can  neither  com- 
mand nor  control  it.  It  blew  from  a  most  unexpected  quarter,  and  no 
one  can  prophesy  its  further  course.  Never  have  we  seen  any  quick- 
ening of  spiritual  life  so  independent  of  ordinary  method.  Some  re- 
vivals are  overburdened  with  organization ;  their  method  is  so  mani- 
fest and  so  multiplied  that  men  are  prone  to  exalt  the  machinery 


1905] 


"WHAT  MEANETH  THIS?" 


341 


and  depreciate  the  motive  power.  But  here  there  has  been  absolutely 
no  machinery  of  organization.  There  is  no  proper  leader.  When 
any  man  or  woman  is  conspicuous  it  is  mostly  because  the  newspa- 
pers focus  attention  on  some  individual;  but  the  same  wonder  working 
will  be  found  where  no  such  leader  is  found.  There  has  been  rather 
a  deficiency  of  preaching,  and,  in  fact,  the  "  clergy,"  so  called,  have 
been  conspicuously  absent  from  the  movement,  not  outside  of  it  so 
much  as  observers  of  it — not  its  originators  so  much  as  its  participa- 
tors.   It  began  and  has  advanced  mostly  through  lay  agencies. 

The  democracy  of  this  revival  strikes  every  one.  God  has  laid  hold 
of  the  people — of  all  flesh.  The  sons  and  the  daughters  prophesy. 
The  young  men  see  visions.  Servants  and  handmaids  have  outpoured 
on  them  the  Spirit,  and  they  testify.  This  is  a  quickening  of  the 
common  folk  through  those  who  belong  to  themselves.  It  is  not 
a  case  of  working  through  the  fittest  instruments,  but  through  what 
man  would  call  more  unfit;  not  in  chosen  vessels  of  gold  and  silver, 
but  common  pottery  of  earth,  that  the  excellency  of  the  power 
might  be  of  God  and  not  of  us.  The  most  unlikely  things  have  hap- 
pened. And  so  deep  do  we  find  this  impression  that  not  a  few  in- 
terpret this  as  the  beginning  of  the  latter  rain,  when,  as  in  the  former 
rain,  the  Spirit  was  poured  out  on  all  believers,  He  is  now  to  be  out- 
poured "  on  all  flesh."  However  this  may  be,  the  stream  quitely  over- 
flows its  ordinary  channels  and  transcends  all  "  clerical 99  boundaries. 
It  is  not  from  the  pulpit  so  much  as  from  the  pew  that  the  revival 
fires  kindle  and  spread. 

There  is  order  in  confusion.  No  one  can  tell  what  course  a  meet- 
ing will  take.  An  exhortation,  or  even  a  sermon,  may  at  any  point  be 
interrupted  by  song  or  prayer,  and  it  is  not  thought  of  as  disorderly 
or  something  to  be  checked.  The  writer  was  speaking  at  a  conven- 
tion in  Pontypridd,  and  a  simple  reference  to  the  overcoming  power 
of  Christ  set  the  whole  audience  to  singing  in  Welsh, "  March  on,  0  con- 
quering Christ ! 99  and  the  "  interruption  "  lasted  ten  minutes,  nor  would 
we  have  checked  it  if  we  could.  At  another  time  the  speaker  was 
slightly  altering  a  familiar  chorus  to  suit  his  theme— the  power  of 
Christ  to  give  deliverance  from  bondage  to  sin — 

"I  do  believe,  I  will  believe 
That  He  prevails  for  me, 
And,  seated  on  the  throne  of  God, 
Gives  me  the  victory  ! " 

when  again  the  whole  audience  took  up  this  new  version  of  the  chorus 
at  once  of  their  own  accord,  and  for  perhaps  fifteen  minutes  contin- 
ued to  sing  it,  rising  to  their  feet  en  masse  ;  and  again  the  speaker 
waited  till  this  outburst  of  song  subsided  before  he  could  complete  his 
address. 


342 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


Sometimes  two  or  more  will  begin  to  speak,  or  pray,  or  sing  at  the 
same  instant,  and,  for  a  moment  or  two,  there  are  conflicting  tides 
meeting,  but  one  prevails  and  the  rest  subside,  or,  rather,  obey  the  pre- 
vailing current,  and  make  it  mightier  and  more  voluminous.  In  no 
meeting  have  we  yet  seen  any  need  of  human  leadership.  At  Rhos, 
where  we  attended  three  meetings,  the  pastor  of  the  church  sat  quietly 
at  the  table  before  a  crowded  house,  doing  nothing  but  listening.  Not 
a  moment  passed  in  silence;  there  were  successive  outbursts  of  song, 
or  prayer,  or  testimony,  but  no  one  was  called  on.  There  was  no  dis- 
tinction of  age  or  sex.  Young  and  old,  high  and  low,  male  and 
female — all  were  one  in  Christ  Jesus.  One  boy  of  ten  or  eleven  rose 
and  sang  a  solo,  the  burden  of  which  was  "  I  have  chosen  Jesus  for- 
ever," and  as  quietly  gave  place  to  a  woman  who  first  sang  and  then 
prayed;  and  it  is  quite  noticeable  how  all  such  solo  singing  quite  uni- 
formly merges  into  prayer  at  last. 

This  revival  is  very  remarkable  for  its  high  tide  of  prayer  and  song. 
Prominent  as  praying  is,  the  singing  is  even  more  prevailing.  It 
reminds  one  of  Paul's  words  to  the  Ephesians  and  Colossians  as  to 
"  psalms  and  hymns  and  spiritual  songs,  singing  with  grace  in  the 
heart,  and  making  melody  in  the  heart  to  the  Lord."  This,  in  Ephe- 
sians v :  18,  19,  he  connects  with  being  "  filled  with  the  spirit,"  as,  in 
chapter  vi:18,  19,  it  is  connected  with  "praying  always  with  all 
prayer  and  supplication  in  the  Spirit."  This  work  in  Wales  impresses 
us  as  conspicuous  for  this  combination  of  spiritual  praying  and  spir- 
itual singing.  In  not  a  few  cases  the  revival  has  been  floated  to  new 
districts  on  waves  of  song,  young  people  being  moved  to  go  to  outly- 
ing districts  on  this  mission.  And  the  Welsh  hymns,  embodying  such 
a  full  Gospel,  have  been  the  means  of  carrying  into  thousands  of  hearts 
the  truth  ordinarily  borne  upon  the  preacher's  words.  No  doubt  we 
have  not  yet  fully  waked  up  to  the  spiritual  power  of  evangelical 
psalmody. 

The  beloved  pastor,  Frank  H.  White,  gives  the  following  interest- 
ing incident:  • 

A  single  verse  which  hangs  on  the  wall  of  a  nobleman's  study  in 
London  has  a  remarkable  history,  and  has,  in  notable  instances,  been 
blessed  of  God  to  conversion.  It  was  originally  composed  by  Dr.  Valpy, 
the  eminent  Greek  scholar  and  author,  who,  converted  late  in  life,  wrote 
this  verse  as  a  confession  of  faith: 

"  In  peace  let  me  resign  my  breath, 
And  Thy  salvation  see ; 
My  sins  deserve  eternal  death, 
But  Jesus  died  for  me." 

Dr.  Marsh,  visiting  Lord  Roden,  and  holding  a  Bible  reading,  men- 
tioned Dr.  Valpy's  conversion,  and  recited  this  verse.  Lord  Roden,  par- 
ticularly struck  with  the  lines,  wrote  them  out,  and  affixed  them  to  the 


1905] 


"  WHAT  MEANETH  THIS  ?  ' 


343 


wall.  Among  other  visitors  at  his  house  were  many  old  army  officers, 
one  of  whom  was  General  Taylor,  who  served  under  Wellington  at 
Waterloo.  He  had  not,  at  that  time,  thought  much  on  the  subject  of 
religion,  and  avoided  all  discussion  of  it.  But  soon  after  the  paper  was 
hung  up  he  went  into  the  study,  and  his  eyes  rested  for  a  few  moments 
upon  the  verse.  Later  in  the  day  Lord  Roden  found  the  general  stand- 
ing before  the  paper  and  intently  reading  it,  and,  at  another  visit,  he 
noticed  that  whenever  General  Taylor  was  in  the  room  his  eyes  rested 
on  that  verse.  "Why,  general,"  said  he,  "you  will  soon  know  that 
verse  by  heart."  "  I  know  it  now  by  heart,"  replied  he,  with  much  feel- 
ing. A  great  change  came  over  his  spirit  and  life,  and  no  one  intimately 
acquainted  with  him  could  doubt  its  reality.  During  two  years  his  let- 
ters to  Lord  Roden  always  concluded  by  quoting  Dr.  Valpy's  verse. 
When,  at  the  end  of  that  time,  he  departed  in  peace  his  last  words  were 
those  he  had  so  learned  to  love. 

A  young  relative  of  Lord  Roden,  an  officer  in  the  Crimea,  also  saw 
this  verse,  but  turned  carelessly  away.  Some  months  later  intelligence 
was  received  that  he  was  suffering  from  pulmonary  disease,  and  was 
desirous  of  seeing  Lord  Roden  without  delay.  As  he  entered  the  sick- 
room the  dying  man  stretched  out  both  hands,  at  the  same  time  repeat- 
ing the  simple  lines: 

"  1  In  peace  let  me  resign  my  breath, 
And  Thy  salvation  see; 
My  sins  deserve  eternal  death, 
But  Jesus  died  for  me.' 

"They  have  been,"  he  said,  "  God's  message  of  peace  and  comfort  to  my 
heart  in  this  illness,  when  brought  to  my  memory,  after  days  of  dark- 
ness and  distress,  by  the  Holy  Ghost  the  Comforter." 

This  beautiful  incident  we  give  in  full  for  the  sake  of  its  valuable 
lesson.  It  shows  how  much  converting,  saving  truth  may  be  em- 
bodied and  conveyed  in  one  short  verse,  and  repeatedly  in  this  visit 
to  Wales  the  deep  conviction  has  been  borne  in  upon  the  mind  that, 
however  valuable  formal  discourse  may  be,  the  vital  truths  of  salva- 
tion may  be  and  are  brought  home  to  the  soul,  often  in  a  moment, 
by  psalmody  and  hymnody,  pregnant  and  instinct  with  Gospel  truth 
and  spirit.  He  who  writes  such  hymns  as  Charles  Wesley  probably, 
in  the  long  run,  serves  the  Church  as  nobly  as  he  who  preaches  ser- 
mons like  John  Wesley.    Let  us  make  more  of  sacred  song. 

But  the  crowning  proof  that  this  revival  is  God's  own  working 
is  its  ethical  results.  Confessions  of  sin  are  to  be  heard  at  every 
meeting  ;  reconciliations  are  daily  taking  place  after  long  aliena- 
tion ;  there  is  restitution  for  wrong,  reparation  for  injury,  payment 
of  debts  already  outlawed,  and  a  general  adjustment  of  rela- 
tions that  have  been  far  from  normal  and  harmonious.  This  revival 
is  already  a  reformation.  One  factory  owner  says  his  workshops 
have  in  a  fortnight  been  turned  from  a  gate  of  hell  into  a  door  of 
heaven,  the  cursing,  drinking,  lust,  and  violence  being  utterly  dis- 


34  J 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


placed  by  prayer  and  song  and  soberness  and  peace.  Paul  shows  in 
Ephesians  V.  that  the  filling  of  the  Spirit  will  be  followed  by  a  new 
family  and  social  order — husbands  and  wives,  parents  and  children, 
masters  and  servants,  coming  into  new  and  true  relations  to  each 
other  and  to  God.  And  nothing  more  stamps  this  AVelsh  work  as  of  God 
with  His  own  seal  than  the  unprecedented  way  in  which  "  envying 
and  strife,  confusion  and  every  evil  work,"  disappear  before  the  new 
spiritual  rain  from  above.  Instead  of  the  thorn  and  brier,  come  up 
the  fir  and  myrtle  tree — "  the  planting  of  the  Lord,"  His  own  "ever- 
lasting sign." 

The  greatest  lesson  of  all  that  this  work  of  God  is  teaching  us  is 
that  prayer  is'  the  omnipotent  remedy  for  all  evils  that  afflict  the 
Church  and  the  world.  Xo  human  beino:  dares  to  claim  any  credit  for 
this  work.  In  tracing  the  stream,  we  seem  to  find  countless  tributa- 
ries which  empty  into  it.  When  we  think  we  may  have  found  the  very 
fountain,  we  find  other  springs  elsewhere  that  have  been  pouring  their 
streams  into  the  same  channel.  The  fact  is  that  there  has  been  a 
celestial  rain  and  it  has  filled  many  springs.  Many  have  been  God's 
praying  ones,  and  He  is  the  answerer  of  prayer.  "  Let  us  pray,"  and 
we  shall  see  greater  things  than  these. 


IN  SEARCH  OF  A  NEW  MISSION  STATION 

SOME  THRILLING    EXPERIENCES  ON  A  JOURNEY  IN  CENTRAL 

AFRICA 

BY  W.  H.  LESLIE,  M.D.,  MBAXZA  MAXTEKE,  KOXGO  STATE 
Missionary  of  the  American  Baptist  Missionary  Union 

About  four  hundred  years  ago  a  powerful  tribe  called  the  "  Ayacca" 
or  "  Mayaka,"  from  the  interior,  swept  over  the  Cataract  and  lower 
Kongo  districts  unchecked  until  they  reached  the  shores  of  the  Atlantic. 
Even  the  fortified  city  of  San  Salvador,  which  had  at  that  time  had 
reached  its  highest  degree  of  civilization  under  the  Portugese,  sur- 
rendered before  this  savage  horde.  They  afterward  returned  to  their 
own  country,  in  the  valley  of  the  Kuangu  River.  More  than  twenty 
years  ago  Charles  E.  Ingham,  one  of  our  early  missionaries,  attempted 
to  reach  this  people,  but  after  covering  less  than  one-third  the  dis- 
tance his  carriers  deserted,  and  left  him  with  no  alternative  but  to  re- 
turn. Since  that  time  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  reach  this  neg- 
lected district,  until  we  started,  last  August,  with  a  small  caravan  of 
ten  men  and  two  native  evangelists. 

Four  years  ago,  while  in  a  district  five  days  east  of  Mbanza  Man- 
leke,  I  met  a  large  caravan  bringing  the  infamous  rubber  tax  to  the 
State  post.  They  had  come  from  the  borders  of  the  Mayaka  coun- 
try, and  were  so  interested  in  the  Gospel  that  they  begged  me  to  come 
and  make  it  known  anions:  their  people.    We  left  home  on  August 


1905] 


IN  SEARCH  OP  A  NEW  MISSION  STATION 


345 


18th.  The  missionary  on  whose  company  I  had  counted  found  it  im- 
possible to  leave  his  work,  so  I  was  compelled  to  go  alone.  September 
1st  found  us  at  Tumba  Mani,  the  State  post  on  the  western  boundary 
of  the  Kuangu  District.  Wishing  to  leave  the  through  caravan  route 
to  the  east,  that  we  might  visit  the  country  to  the  north,  we  obtained 
a  guide  from  Kinzamba,  the  State  post  two  days  east  of  Tumba  Mani. 
At  Kinzamba  we  found  a  punitive  expedition  of  about  one  hundred  sol- 
diers drawn  from  all  Central  Africa.  They  were  in  command  of  a  white 
officer,  and  were  en  route  for  the  district  of  a  turbulent  Mayaka  chief 


DR.  LESLIE'S  CAMP  AFTER  A  DAY'S  MARCH 


who  recently  had  murdered  two  State  couriers.  Warned  against  en- 
tering this  chief's  territory,  we  traveled  two  and  half  days  northeast 
of  Kinzamba,  when  we  reached  the  most  easterly  out-station  of  Kifua, 
one  of  our  American  Baptist  Missionary  Union  mission  centers. 
Thence  returning  through  the  fertile  valley  of  the  Mbombo,  we  passed 
through  numerous  small  villages,  telling  the  Gospel  story  to  all  who 
would  listen.  Evenings,  after  the  day's  weary  march  through  the 
burning  tropical  heat,  the  Christian  carriers  gathered  about  the  camp- 
fire,  and  we  sang  the  sweet  old  Gospel  songs.  The  more  fearless  vil- 
lagers drew  near  into  the  circle  of  light,  the  timid  remaining  in  the 
outer  circle  of  gloom,  but  quite  near  enough  to  catch  every  word 
spoken  or  sung,  and  often  when  our  invitations  were  unheeded  the 
singing  lured  them  from  their  hiding-places. 

All  the  people  among  whom  we  journeyed  spoke  the  name  of  the 
Mayaka  with  fear  and  awe.    Nothing  seemed  to  be  known  of  their 


346 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


language  or  customs,  altho  at  times  we  were  within  a  few  hours  of 
their  borders,  but  wonderful  stories  of  their  numbers  and  prowess  were 
told  us.  An  abrupt  descent  of  about  one  thousand  feet  brought  us 
again  to  the  main  caravan  road,  which  we  followed  two  days  to  the 
east.  No  villages  were  seen,  but  numerous  well-beaten  cross-paths  in- 
dicated a  considerable  population  in  that  region  which  is  occupied  by 
a  tribe  called  the  Zombos,  said  to  be  no  less  fierce  than  the  Mayakas. 
A  Mayaka  chief  not  long  since,  wishing  one  of  our  missionaries  to 
visit  his  territory,  sent  as  a  pledge  of  safety  his  tall  hat,  the  sign  of  his 
chieftainship,  among  the  other  decorations  of  which  were  eleven  human 
ears — grim  symbols  of  his  power  and  glory. 

Many  towns  in  this  district  had  been  entirely  deserted,  the  people 
having  crossed  the  Portuguese  boundary,  a  few  hours  to  the  south.  At 
one  place  about  forty  grass  huts,  recently  deserted,  were  seen,  hideous 
fetishes  solemnly  guarding  their  doors.  Some  petty  palaver  with  the 
Kongo  State  official  was  responsible  for  this  exodus,  the  people  choos- 
ing to  be  houseless,  homeless,  and  hungry  in  preference  to  the  jus- 
tice (?)  they  would  probably  have  received.  The  beginning  of  the 
fourth  week  found  us  really  on  the  border  of  the  coveted  country,  and 
we  camped  just  beyond  the  spot  where  the  State  couriers  had  been 
murdered,  freshly  cut  young  trees  used  in  blocking  the  path  indicat- 
ing the  place.  For  several  days  we  had  bought  no  food,  owing  to  the 
absence  of  people  along  our  road;  so  when  the  guide  told  us  of  a  Ma- 
yaka village  only  an  hour  ahead,  we  sent  him  with  one  of  the  evangel- 
ists to  purchase  needed  supplies.  Comparative  safety  exists  along  the 
caravan  route,  but  danger  awaits  the  stranger  who  leaves  it  in  this 
district.  The  people  were  on  the  alert,  having  heard  of  the  coming 
of  the  punitive  expedition;  so,  as  we  afterward  learned,  every  path  was 
guarded  by  armed  men  secreted  in  the  tall  grass  and  jungle.  When 
the  evangelist  and  guide  turned  aside  to  enter  the  village,  they  were 
surrounded  by  an  angry  mob  of  armed  savages,  and  detained  while 
the  women  hastily  carried  what  provision  they  could  gather  into  the 
large  baskets  on  their  backs  to  places  of  safety  in  the  jungle,  dragging 
pigs  and  babies  with  them  in  their  flight.  When  the  men  tried  to 
explain  that  they  were  of  a  peaceful  expedition  en  route  to  explore 
the  territory  south  of  the  Portuguese  boundary,  they  were  derided  and 
charged  with  being  State  spies.  They  tried  to  buy  food,  but  it  was 
refused,  and  they  were  hurried  back  to  the  main  path. 

All  that  night  we  heard  the  beating  of  the  alarm-drums  far  and 
near,  calling  the  warriors  to  arms  to  resist  the  invasion.  To  retrace 
our  steps  would  have  confirmed  their  suspicions  of  us;  so  we  decided 
to  go  forward,  altho  our  guide  utterly  refused  to  accompany  us,  and 
some  of  our  own  men  were  trembling  with  fear.  With  orders  to 
march  in  close  file,  without  sign  of  fear,  we  left  the  State  path  for  the 
one  where  the  men  were  hostilely  received  the  night  before.    All  was 


1905] 


IN  SEARCH  OE  A  NEW  MISSION  STATION 


347 


deathly  still;  not  a  sign  of  human  occupation  appeared  till  we  turned 
to  cross  the  ravine,  beyond  which,  hidden  among  the  trees,  lay  the 
village  of  the  great  chief,  when  all  but  naked  warriors  from  behind 
us  called  loudly  to  those  before,  guarding  the  village,  warning  them 
of  our  approach.  Leaving  the  carriers,  I  returned,  unarmed,  to  par- 
ley with  these  fellows,  while  others  came  thronging  up  from  the 
ravine,  armed  with  fearful-looking  knives,  spears,  bows  and  arrows, 
and  guns.  I  explained  to  them  that  I  was  not  a  State  officer,  but  a 
traveler  passing  through  their  country  to  the  south.  They  were  first 
convinced  that  we  were  not  government  people  by  our  not  speaking 
the  "pidgin"  Fiote  used  everywhere  by  State  men.  To  our  great 
delight,  these  people  spoke  a  dialect  so  similar  to  our  own  that  we 
found  no  difficulty  in  communicating  one  with  another.  They  vol- 
unteered to  show  us  the  way,  and  conducted  us  to  a  then  deserted  vil- 
lage some  distance  farther  on.  They  sold  us  some  food  and  gave  us 
much  more.  We  passed  on  through  other  villages,  encountering  the 
same  armed  opposition,  but  usually  receiving  overtures  of  peace  and 
friendship  before  leaving. 

After  following  a  path  to  the  southeast  some  distance,  we  retraced 
our  steps  to  the  village  where  we  were  first  received,  since  the  route 
we  wished  to  follow  lay  to  the  southwest.  Here  we  pitched  the  tent. 
The  women  were  slowly  returning  to  their  deserted  homes  with  their 
possessions.  That  night  the  people  gathered  and  listened  most  atten- 
tively to  the  Gospel  message  as  told  by  the  native  evangelist  and 
myself,  and  were  greatly  interested  in  the  wonderful  salvation  of 
which  they  were  hearing  for  the  first  time.  A  remarkable  degree  of 
confidence  in  us  was  manifested  by  their  taking  medicine  internally — 
a  thing  we  have  never  known  in  a  Kongo  tribe  until  the  white  man 
has  been  many  months,  sometimes  years,  among  them.  The  following 
morning,  after  traveling  some  distance  toward  the  southwest,  we  came 
to  the  village  of  the  great  chief  Nlele,  who  received  us  in  a  friendly 
manner,  exchanged  presents,  and  afterward  took  medicine,  as  also  did 
such  of  his  wives  and  children  as  were  needing  medical  attention.  He 
sent  guides  to  take  us  to  the  confines  of  his  territory,  beyond  the  Por- 
tuguese boundary.  This  great  tribe,  ruled  over  by  a  number  of  power- 
ful chiefs,  extends  at  least  seven  days  from  north  to  south.  The 
Kuangu  River  lay  still  four  days  to  the  east  of  us,  beyond  which  this 
tribe  extends  an  unknown  distance. 

AVe  had  just  recrossed  the  Benga  River,  which  divides  the  Mayaka 
from  the  Zombo  country,  and  were  climbing  its  almost  perpendicular 
bank,  when  an  angry  mob  began  to  gather  at  the  top,  some  of  whom 
descended  to  interrupt  our  ascent.  Many  of  them  were  too  intoxicated 
to  listen  to  reason,  and  declared  that  we  were  "  Bula  Matadi"  (Kongo 
government)  come  to  enslave  them  and  carry  off  their  goats  and  pigs. 
Already  they  were  hindering  the  heavily  loaded  carriers,  so  the  evan- 


348  THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 

gelists  and  myself  pushed  on  ahead  to  clear  the  way.  On  our  reach- 
ing the  top  the  storm  burst  in  all  its  fury;  we  were  in  the  midst  of  a 
howling  mob  of  about  two  hundred  demoniacal  savages.  To  try  to 
talk  with  them  was  like  talking  to  a  tornado;  our  voices  were  utterly 
lost  in  the  uproar.  They  tried  to  turn  us  back,  but  we  persisted  in 
going  ahead;  so  they  crowded  us  from  the  path,  compelling  us  to  push 
through  the  tall  grass  to  a  point  beyond  the  town.  After  having  held 
the  mob  at  bay  till  the  carriers  had  passed,  the  evangelists  and  myself 
found  ourselves  isolated  and  forcibly  detained.  But  for  the  bravery 
of  two  of  their  number  who  made  a  way  for  us,  literally  dragging  us 
by  the  wrists  through  the  infuriated  crowd,  we  do  not  know  what 
might  have  occurred.  They  said  that  the  Portuguese  government  had 
advised  them  that  they  were  at  liberty  to  kill  "Bula  Matadi"  men  if 
they  came  to  their  villages. 

Messengers  hurried  ahead  by  another  road,  alarming  all  the  vil- 
lages that  lay  in  front  of  us;  so  we  were  driven  from  village  to  village, 
until  evening,  when,  utterly  worn  out  with  the  weary  march  of  more 
than  ten  hours,  we  were  seeking  a  quiet  spot  for  the  camp,  hoping  for 
rest  after  the  nerve-racking  experiences  of  the  day,  when  another  large 
town  vomited  forth  its  mob  of  drunken  savages,  more  bent  on  plunder 
than  those  met  earlier  in  the  day.  I  had  personally  to  wrest  my  gun 
from  the  hands  of  the  stalwart  young  chief  who  was  taking  it  from  a 
carrier;  he  struck  me,  but  gave  up  the  gun.  I  had  several  times  to 
rescue  our  one  precious  bale  of  trade  cloth,  the  only  thing  that  stood 
between  us  and  starvation.  They  harassed  the  caravan  on  every  side; 
the  carriers,  weak  and  weary  after  the  long,  hard  day,  were  beaten  with 
cruel  blows.  When  they  began  to  fall  and  lose  their  loads,  I  gave  the 
order  to  halt,  pilethe  loads  in  a  heap,  and  surround  the  same.  I  then  in- 
sisted that  the  chief  withdraw  his  men,  in  order  that  we  might  talk  the 
palaver,  which  he  did.  Unable  to  come  to  a  satisfactory  understand- 
ing, he  and  his  advisers  withdrew  to  summon  the  adjacent  villages. 
Realizing  that  darkness  would  add  to  the  confusion,  the  carriers  were 
hastily  despatched  off  for  fire-wood,  and  we  had  a  great  fire  blazing  when 
in  greater  numbers  they  began  to  return.  On  the  one  side  was  our 
little  band,  on  the  other  glared  a  savage  horde.  Humanely  speaking, 
our  chances  seemed  rather  small;  but  the  presence  of  the  Christ  was 
very  real,  and  we  knew  we  could  trust  the  outcome  to  Him.  After  a 
time  a  fine-looking  boy  of  about  seventeen  came  with  two  older  men 
and  stood  near  us,  joining  with  the  crowd  in  their  taunts  and  threats. 
As  we  sat  unmoved  in  the  midst  of  this  danger,  "writing  up"  the 
day's  experiences,  the  boy's  heart  seemed  drawn  to  us,  and  he  came  and 
discussed  the  situation,  and  became  convinced  of  our  harmlessness. 
He  then  tried  to  convince  the  crowd  of  the  same,  but  his  voice  was 
drowned  in  the  howl  of  derision  that  greeted  his  efforts.  We  then 
learned  that  he  was  the  son  of  the  great  Zombo  chief,  Saka.    At  the 


[May 


1905] 


IN  SEARCH  OF  A  NEW  MISSION  STATION 


349 


command  of  a  leader  who  stood  near  us  with  a  drawn  blade  (a  long, 
cruel-looking  knife),  the  crowd  fell  back,  enlarging  the  circle  suffi- 
ciently to  admit  the  presentation  of  all  guns.  The  chiefs  son  spoke: 
"Sika!  Vonda!  (Shoot!  Kill!)  The  white  man  has  no  fear!  See, 
he  laughs  at  you !  Kill  the  white  man !  Then  kill  me— me,  the  son  of 
the  great  chief,  Saka!  "  1  sat  smiling  back  at  the  fierce  glare  of  a  hun- 
dred eyes,  glittering  behind  the  guns,  but  feeling  quite  serious,  and 
wondered  which  of  them  would  first  discharge  its  charge  of  small 
stones  and  iron  scraps  at  me  and  where  it  would  strike,  and  almost 
imagining  the  pain  as  one  fellow,  foaming  with  rage,  came  a  step 


THE  MAYA  LA  COMMITTEE  GIVING  A  RECEPTION  TO  DR.  LESLIE 


nearer,  with  his  gun  aimed  at  my  chest,  his  right  hand  making  the 
gripping  motion  of  pulling  the  trigger.  Several  times  it  seemed  as 
tho  the  end  had  come,  but  something  restrained. 

Afterward  there  came  a  lull  in  the  storm,  and  we  had  our  regular 
evening  service.  The  singing  brought  quiet,  after  which  we  read  and 
expounded  a  passage  from  Luke,  prayed,  then  sang  again.  It  was 
nearing  midnight,  and  many  of  the  mob  had  left,  after  assuring  us  that 
there  was  no  way  of  escape;  so  we  lay  down  utterly  exhausted,  some  to 
sleep  for  a  few  hours,  others  of  us  to  toss  and  turn,  starting  up  at 
every  strange  sound.  1  was  aroused  shortly  after  four  o'clock  by  the 
chiefs  son,  who,  with  some  other  men,  had  stayed  to  guard  us  through 
the  remainder  of  the  night.  They  had  promised  to  put  us  on  the 
through  caravan  route  the  next  morning.  The  carriers  tried  to  get 
away  before  the  crowd  should  gather,  but  before  I  had  swallowed  a 
cup  of  coffee  they  had  again  surrounded  us,  and  were  still  in  a  very 


;;;>o 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


ugly  humor.  One  rather  venerable  old  chief  came  to  me  and  said,  in 
no  very  peaceable  manner,  that  white  men  were  not  allowed  to  pass  that 
way,  and  insisted  that  I  should  return.  Finally,  when  we  stood  out 
for  continuing  our  journey,  he  said  that  they  had  a  law  that  if  a 
stranger  came  into  their  country  he  must  give  them  a  handful  of  pow- 
der and  a  few  bullets — a  pledge  that  he  would  never  return,  and  if  he 
did  they  were  at  liberty  to  kill  him.  As  the  pledge  demanded  was 
not  forthcoming,  the  chiefs  son  took  [the  powder-horn  from  his  belt 
and  a  few  round  pebbles  from  his  wallet,  and  gave  them  to  the  old 
man;  but  in  spite  of  his  receiving  them,  the  crowd  blocked  the  path, 
and  still  sought  to  plunder  the  caravan.  With  the  help  of  a  few  of 
the  more  friendly,  we  protected  the  caravan  and  forced  our  way  slowly 
along  the  path  until  at  last  we  left  the  mob  behind  us.  Our  young 
protector  and  one  of  his  men  accompanied  us  an  hour  or  two  till  we 
came  to  a  deserted  market,  beyond  which  they  could  not  be  induced  to 
go.  Giving  them  as  large  a  present  as  we  could  afford,  we  were  press- 
ing forward  alone  when  challenged  by  two  sentries,  who  hurried  for- 
ward to  alarm  the  towns  in  front.  We  soon  found  ourselves  in  the 
midst  of  another  mob  more  furious  than  the  last.  Coming  up  close 
to  us,  they  threw  sand  and  dirt  into  our  faces  with  such  force  that  we 
were  almost  blinded.  They  beat  and  ill-treated  the  carriers  until  they 
staggered  along,  half  insensible  under  their  loads.  No  overtures  of 
peace  would  they  accept,  and  all  further  progress  seemed  quite  impos- 
sible and  our  liberty  at  an  end.  Just  when  things  seemed  most  hope- 
less a  native  trader  from  Makala,  the  post  of  the  Portugese  resident, 
six  days  distant,  came  up  and  addressed  us  in  Portugese.  One  of  our 
men  understood  a  little  of  that  language,  and  in  it  explained  to  him 
our  difficulty.  (His  explanation  could  have  been  made  very  much 
better  in  their  own  language,  but  diplomacy  preferred  the  foreign 
tongue,  and  it  gave  the  trader  an  interest  in  us,  so  that  soon  he  was 
advocating  our  cause,  and  so  far  prevailed  that  the  mob  agreed  to  allow 
us  to  return  unmolested.)  But  we  refused  to  retrace  our  steps,  which 
further  infuriated  them;  they  seemed  determined  to  kill  us.  We  sat 
down  on  our  loads  and  waited  for  their  wrath  to  vent  itself  upon  our 
devoted  heads  or  else  cool  down,  while  the  native  trader__and  the  evan- 
gelists had  further  conference  with  the  chiefs.  Finally  some  con- 
sented to  our  being  allowed  to  pass,  and  again  we  forced  our  way 
through  opposing  forces.  Once  when  four  men  stood  shoulder  to 
shoulder  across  our  path,  with  guns  raised  and  fingers  tightening  on 
the  trigger,  and  vowing  if  we  sought  to  pass  them  they  would  in- 
stantly kill  us,  their  savage,  determined  faces  made  it  look  as  thothey 
would  probably  do  as  they  said,  my  boy,  Mavambu,  ran  in  front  of  me 
to  protect  me  from  their  guns.  I  wished  to  photograph  some  of  these 
mobs,  but  the  carriers  begged  me  not  to  attempt  it,  so  I  desisted.  This 
was  the  last  armed  opposition  that  we  met ;  but  so  great  had  been  the 


1905] 


A  CHRISTIAN  VIEW  OF  MODERN  JAPAN 


351 


nerve  strain  that  the  beating  of  a  drum,  the  firing  of  a  gun,  or  any 
unusual  noise  in  the  villages  through  which  we  passed,  brought  back 
the  anxious  looks  to  the  faces  of  the  men,  and  great  was  our  relief 
when,  five  days  later,  we  reached  the  English  Baptist  Mission  Station  at 
Kibokolo. 

From  Kibokolo  we  made  another  effort  to  penetrate  the  Mayaka 
country,  this  time  at  a  point  three  or  four  days  to  the  south  of  that 
section  which  we  had  already  visited,  but  only  one-half  of  my  carriers 
could  be  induced  to  make  the  attempt.  Other  carriers  were  obtained 
in  the  neighborhood,  but  when  ready  to  start  the  chiefs  of  that  dis- 
trict forbade  their  taking  the  white  man  into  that  region,  fearing  that 
it  might  disturb  their  rubber  trade.  We  had  seen  many  caravans  daily 
going  in  to  trade  for  root  rubber,  which  is  very  abundant  in  that  section. 
Each  man  carried  under  his  arm  a  fetish  to  help  him  drive  a  sharp 
bargain,  also  to  protect  him  from  "  the  terror  by  night  and  the  arrow 
that  flieth  by  day."  This  edict  left  us  no  alternative  but  to  return  to 
Banza  Manteke  and  await  the  next  dry  season  (for  already  the  rains 
had  begun),  when  we  hope  to  return  to  the  Mayaka  country  with  all 
that  is  necessary  for  the  opening  of  a  permanent  work  among  that 
people. 

One  more  week  and  we  were  at  home,  thin,  tattered,  and  torn,  hav- 
ing tramped  over  six  hundred  mountain  miles,  but  "not  much  the 
worse  for  wear."  The  carriers  were  sure  that  they  would  never  again 
have  seen  home  and  families  but  for  the  Heavenly  Father's  protecting 
care. 

A  CHRISTIAN  VIEW  OF  MODERN  JAPAN 

WITH  SOME  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  VIEWS  OF  LAFCADIO  HEARN 

AND  OTHERS 

BY  REV.  GEORGE  E.  ALBRECHT.  D.D. 
Formerly  Missionary  of  the  American  Board  at  Kyoto 

Not  a  few  tourists,  charmed  by  the  natural  beauties  of  Japan  and 
by  the  winsomeness  of  her  people,  declare  Christian  missions  among 
such  a  gifted  and  accomplished  people  unnecessary.  Some  writers, 
both  Japanese  and  European  or  American,  maintain  that  the  West  is 
more  a  source  of  danger  than  of  benefit  to  the  Mikado's  empire.  It  is 
claimed  that  Japan  has  within  itself,  in  its  history,  its  art,  its  relig- 
ions, its  national  spirit,  all  it  needs  for  its  best  development.  They 
say  that  the  Christian  religion  is  not  necessary,  and  that  it  is,  more- 
over, not  adapted  to  the  Japanese. 

Many  people,  no  doubt,  have  underestimated  Japan.  A  yellow 
skin  has  been  taken  as  a  badge  of  inferiority;  a  Mongolian  could  not 
possibly  be  the  equal  of  a  Caucasian.  Japan,  as  a  non-Christian 
nation,  was  "heathen,"  with  all  the  opprobrium  usually  attached  to 
this  word. 


352 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


Such  an  estimate  certainly  did  injustice  to  Japan,  as  it  does  to  a 
great  portion  of  the  Chinese.  Japan  had  a  highly  developed  civiliza- 
tion long  before  coming  in  contact  with  Western  nations.  It  has 
always  had  artists,  scholars,  statesmen,  saints,  worthy  to  stand  side  by 
side  with  the  great  of  Western  nations.  There  is  no  need  for  under- 
estimating this  people  in  order  to  find  a  right  and  sufficient  motive 
for  aiding  them  with  the  Gospel  of  Christ. 

The  fundamental  difference  between  Eastern  and  Western  civiliza- 
tion lies  in  the  estimate  of  the  individual,  It  is  no  doubt  true  that 
individualism  has  been  carried  to  an  extreme  in  the  West,  but  in  the 
East  the  individual  has  been  buried  in  the  community.  Lafcadio 
Hearn,  in  his  "Japan:  An  Interpretation,"  shows  very  strikingly  how 
the  whole  life  of  Japan  is  based  upon  the  principle  of  communalism. 
The  individual  is  sacrificed  to  the  family  or  to  the  clan.  The  son  is 
obliged  to  marry  the  woman  provided  for  him  to  perpetuate  the  family 
name  and  the  family  cult.  Personal  choice  does  not  enter  into  con- 
sideration. Concubinage  and  frequent  divorces  have  been  the  result. 
Woman  has  had  no  rights — "throughout  her  entire  life  she  has  been 
in  tutalage."  Most  minute  sumptuary  laws  formerly  regulated  almost 
every  detail  of  life.  No  individual  freedom  existed,  personality  was 
suppressed,  the  people  were  cast  into  one  and  the  same  mold,  a  uni- 
form type  of  character  was  established. 

This  communalism,  with  its  related  sacrifice  of  the  individual,  is 
breaking  down  since  Japan  has  been  drawn  into  competition  with  the 
West.  In  spite  of  all  its  frugality  and  industry  and  skill,  Japan  is 
handicapped  in  all  industrial  competition  with  America  and  Europe. 
As  Lafcadio  Hearn  truly  says,  if  the  future  of  Japan  could  depend 
upon  the  high  courage  of  her  people,  there  would  be  no  cause  for 
alarm,  but  more  than  that  is  needed  for  industrial  competition.  "It 
must  depend  upon  the  intelligent  freedom  of  the  individual,"  and  to 
secure  this  "she  will  have  to  strive  against  the  power  of  her  phantom 
past." 

Right  here  is  the  opportunity  for  Christian  missions  to  influence 
the  present  development  of  Japan.  This  transition  from  the  com- 
munalism of  her  past  to  a  wholesome  individualism  is  fraught  with 
danger.  The  old  restraints  are  giving  way,  the  old  systems  are  dis- 
integrating. In  the  place  of  family  production,  with  its  beautiful 
relations  between  master  and  workmen,  has  come  the  factory,  with  its 
accompanying  tenement  life.  Labor  is  bought  as  a  commodity  in  the 
open  market,  and  the  misery,  especially  of  women  and  children,  labor- 
ing for  a  pittance  of  five,  and  even  three,  cents  a  day,  calls  for  the 
attention  of  both  the  legislator  and  the  Christian  reformer.  Among 
the  small  farmers  also,  even  in  the  remote  country  districts,  there  is 
much  suffering  and  latent  dissatisfaction.  In  some  districts  he  is 
in  danger  of  being  crowded  out  by  the  larger  landowner.    The  ten- 


1905] 


A  CHRISTIAN  VIEW  OF  MODERN  JAPAN 


353 


dency  of  the  people  to  crowd  into  the  large  cities  brings  problems 
similar  to  those  in  Western  countries.  Socialism  is  gaining  ground, 
and  has  had  to  feel  the  restraining  hand  of  the  government. 

It  is  useless  to  mourn  over  the  passing  away  of  the  former  patriar- 
chal system.  It  no  doubt  had  its  advantages  and  charms,  but  no 
system  that  reduces  man  to  little  more  than  a  machine,  that  sup- 
presses personality,  and  hinders  the  free  development  and  the  free  ac- 
tion, within  certain  limits,  of  the  individual,  can  abide.  Man  is  not 
made  for  servitude,  even  of  the  most  benevolent  form.  The  Japanese, 
no  less  than  his  Anglo-Saxon  brother,  must  work  out  his  noblest  man- 
hood in  the  midst  of  the  antagonistic  forces  of  modern  life.  It  is  the 
work  of  the  Church  of  Christ,  on  the  one  hand,  to  inspire  him  with  the 
truest  ideal,  and  to  aid  him  in  an  ever-closer  approach  to  it,  and,  on 
the  other  hand,  to  restrain  the  forces  of  selfishness  that  would  prey 
upon  him,  and  would  use  him  as  a  tool,  not  as  a  brother.  And  the 
Church  of  Christ  must  likewise  aim  constantly  at  the  bringing  in  of 
the  ideal  state  of  society,  the  Kingdom  of  God.  Both  the  individual 
and  the  community  must  be  in  the  mind  of  the  Christian  reformer. 
Missionary  work  in  Japan  includes  in  its  sphere  the  sociological  prob- 
lems confronting  the  people. 

There  is  no  inherent  or  inherited  force  in  the  Japanese  nation  that 
can  solve  this  problem.  The  people,  no  doubt,  have  been  trained  for 
ages  in  submission,  but  to  endure  the  hardships  arising  from  the  new 
situation  is  not  to  solve  the  difficulty.  It  also  remains  to  be  seen  to 
what  degree  the  long-suffering  and  sacrifice  of  the  people  will  extend 
under  the  new  regime  of  greater  freedom.  The  aristocracy  of  wealth 
will  hardly  call  forth  the  unquestioning  submission  and  loyalty  which 
every  Japanese  was  wont  to  give  to  the  ruling  classes. 

It  is  true,  the  former  patriarchal  system  "required  the  duty  of 
kindness  from  the  master  "  toward  his  dependants,  but  practise  and  pre- 
cept certainly  diverge  greatly  in  these  latter  years.  Buddhism,  with 
its  doctrine  of  pity,  has  not  touched  the  heart  of  the  people.  The 
cruelty  of  the  driver  toward  his  overloaded  draught-horse  is  of  the 
same  kind  with  the  complacent  indifference  with  which  spectators 
stand  by  while  a  coolie  makes  fruitless  efforts  to  drag  his  heavy  load 
across  some  hard  place.  Where  life  had  no  value,  so  that  not  infre- 
quently the  samurai  tested  his  blade  on  the  necks  of  his  peasants,  sat- 
isfied only  if  the  head  rolled  off  at  the  first  stroke,  it  is  not  strange  that 
the  employer,  under  the  new  system,  has  regard  only  for  the  amount 
of  profit  he  can  squeeze  out  of  his  employees. 

A  new  principle,  a  new  force  is  needed  for  the  regulation  of  the 
new  relations  that  have  arisen.  The  consciousness  of  his  account- 
ability to  God,  and  the  acknowledgment  of  his  employee  as  his 
brother-man,  will  not  only  curb  the  rapaciousness  of  the  modern 
employer,  but  will  prove  a  sufficient  safeguard  against  the  serious 


354 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


industrial  danger  which  threatens  Japan.  Not  every  missionary  can 
be,  nor  need  be,  a  sociologist;  but  modern  missions  have  a  broader 
scope  than  the  snatching  of  individuals  out  of  the  stream  that 
bears  down  to  destruction.  They  are  to  stem  the  downward  current, 
and  turn  it  upward  toward  Christ  and  God. 

With  the  passing  of  old  Japan  the  old  religions  standards  have 
passed  away.  Here  too  a  new  force  is  needed.  It  is  the  fashion  with 
some  Japanese  writers,  like  Prof.  J.  Nitobe  and  Mr.  K.  Okakura,  and 
with  not  a  few  men  high  in  official  positions,  to  represent  the  Japan- 
ese spirit  of  loyalty  {Bushido),  the  ancient  precepts,  or  spirit,  of  knight- 
hood, as  sufficient  for  all  the  ethical  and  religious  needs  of  modern 
Japan.  Mr.  Okakura  finds  the  entire  cause  for  the  awakening  of 
Japan  and  for  its  modern  progress  in  three  schools  of  thought :  the 
Kogaku,  or  School  of  Classical  Learning;  the  Oyomian  School  of  Prac- 
tical Philosophy,  and  the  Historical  School,  reviving  in  the  minds  of 
the  samurai  the  former  glory  of  the  Mikado. 

It  would  be  unfair  to  deny  to  these  schools,  or  tendencies  of 
thought,  or  to  Bushido,  a  real  force  in  shaping  the  mind  and  the  whole 
life  of  the  Japanese  nation.  But  only  self-glorifying  nationalism  can 
deny  that  it  was  the  contact  with  the  West,  both  in  its  beneficial  and 
in  its  detrimental  aspect,  that  called  forth  into  action  the  latent 
thought,  or  sentiment,  of  Japan.  Without  the  coming  of  the  West 
those  schools  of  thought  would  have  remained  comparatively  barren 
of  results.  Certainly  they  did  not  produce  what  Japan  needed  most : 
the  freedom  and  the  development  of  the  individual.  AATithout  this 
new  conception  the  Japan  of  to-day  could  not  be. 

Bushido  likewise  contains  many  noble  elements.  No  one  has  pic- 
tured them  more  charmingly  attractive  than  Professor  Nitobe  in  his 
dainty  little  booklet  "  Bushido,  the  Soul  of  Japan,"  and  in  his  contri- 
bution to  Mr.  Stead's  massive  volume  "Japan  by  the  Japanese."  But 
a  gentle  breath  of  critical  consideration  disperses  his  ideal  representa- 
tion as  the  south  wind  scatters  the  delicate  blossoms  of  Yoshino  or 
Arashiyama.  The  real  Bnshich  was  far  different,  and  its  defects  are 
apparent.  It  knew  nothing  of  humility,  that  foundation  of  all  truly 
noble  character,  while  it  put  no  check  upon  the  ruthlessness  that  sac- 
rificed whole  families  to  the  whim  of  a  ruler,  nor  did  anything  to  bridle 
the  erotic  passion  of  the  warrior,  that  led  him  often  to  the  most 
shameful  indulgences.  Truth  for  truth's  sake  was  not  known,  the  Con- 
fucian maxim  that  the  injured  and  the  injurer  "can  not  live  under  the 
canopy  of  heaven  "  was  made  a  sacred  obligation,  large  classes  of  persons 
were  ranked  as  outside  the  pale  of  humanity,  counted  officially  with 
the  numerals  applied  to  animals.  The  loyalty,  the  patriotism,  the 
dauntless  courage,  the  progressiveness  of  the  Yamato-damashn  deserve 
admiration;  but  Bushido,  always  defective  in  its  ethics,  certainly  "lacks 
in  the  requirements  of  a  twentieth  century  ethical  code."    It  has  an 


1905] 


HOW  TO  INTEREST  CHILDREN  IN  MISSIONS 


355 


"unmistakable  taint  of  feudalism  and  barbarism,"  the  fearless  admis- 
sion of  Professor  Ukita  and  other  Christian  Japanese.  The  statement 
of  the  military  correspondent  of  the  London  Times,  that  it  incorpo- 
rates "  all  the  greatest  teachings  of  Christianity certainly  betrays  a 
marvelous  ignorance  of  both  Bushido  and  Christianity.  Surely  no 
one  could  imagine  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  First  Corinthians  to  be 
begotten  of  the  spirit  of  Bushido. 

Modern  Japan  has  a  gigantic  task  to  perform — the  modernizing  of 
its  national  life.  For  the  political  problems  involved  the  sagacity  of 
its  leaders  and  the  unfaltering,  all-consuming  devotion  of  its  every 
subject  will  probably  always  suffice.  For  the  salvation  of  the  Japanese 
men  and  women  and  for  the  solution  of  these  industrial  and  ethical 
problems  it  needs  a  new  force.  Some  of  the  foremost  Japanese  lead- 
ers recognize  this.  That  new  force,  which  old  Japan  did  not  know,  is 
the  spirit  and  power  of  Christ.  God,  the  Supreme  Ruler  and  Father 
of  all;  man,  made  in  His  image,  endowed  with  Godlike  capacities,  free 
to  mold  his  own  destiny — these  are  the  fundamental  truths  which  Japan 
must  accept,  which  must  become  living  forces  in  the  empire.  All  that 
is  best  in  the  life  of  old  Japan,  including  its  "  ancient  obligation  to  the 
family,  the  community,  and  the  government,"  which  the  late  Lafcadio 
Hearn  claims  as  insurmountable  obstacles  to  the  spread  of  Christian- 
ity, will  find  their  place  in  this  new  Christian  life.  Its  old  defects  re- 
moved, or  at  least  greatly  lessened,  its  old  virtues  enobled,  its  whole 
life  filled  and  animated  with  the  spirit  of  Christ,  Japan  will  fulfil  its 
God-given  mission  to  be  the  Light  of  the  East. 


HOW  TO   INTEREST  CHILDREN   IN  MISSIONS 

SOME  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THE  MISSION  BAND  LEADERS 

BY  MISS  KATHARINE  R.  CROWELL 

As  one  scans  the  long  list  of  missionaries  who  as  boys  and  girls 
gave  themselves  to  the  cause  of  missions,  and  are  now  doing  splendid 
work  on  the  field,  one  wonders  whether  the  Mission  Bands  and  Junior 
Societies  of  to-day,  with  their  increase  of  knowledge  and  improved 
methods,  will  show  results  at  all  in  proportion. 

Probably  they  will  in  the  number  who  will  go  out  as  missionaries. 
Certainly  they  will  in  the  army  of  warm  supporters  of  the  work  at 
home.  By  making  real  to  the  minds  of  boys  and  girls  the  countries 
erstwhile  known  as  "  heathen,"  and  the  joys  and  sorrows  of  the  people 
who  live  in  them,  the  Mission  Band  Leader  awakens  a  sympathetic 
interest,  which,  ever  deepening  through  the  years,  shall  help  to  hold 
to  its  proper  place  the  study  and  love  of  Christian  missions. 

Many  are  the  ways  by  which  the  boys  and  girls  of  these  far-away 
lands  are  made  to  live  before  the  eyes  of  the  boys  and  girls  at  home — 


356 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


by  maps  and  pictures,  curios  and  stories;  by  travel  clubs  and  question 
matches;  by  games  sometimes,  for  the  wise  leader  knows  that  the 
deepest  earnestness  may  go  hand  in  hand  with  the  most  bubbling 
merriment;  she  even  plans  for  a  little  fun  now  and  then,  for  the 
brighter  the  meeting  the  longer  will  it  be  held  in  memory. 

Every  one  who  has  anything  to  do  with  children  knows  that  the 
best  way  to  interest  them  in  any  subject  is  to  give  them  something  to 
do  for  it.  This  never  dismays  a  good  leader;  it  is,  on  the  contrary,  her 
delight  to  give  them  things  to  do — or  would  be — but,  alas!  for  her,  her 
children  are  in  school,  and  "  doing  "  to  such  an  extent  that  they,  their 
mothers,  and  their  teachers  are  already  bordering  upon  a  state  of  ner- 
vous collapse.  When  the  leader  asks  for  the  hour  of  the  meeting — 
once  or  twice  a  month — with  a  little  extra  time  for  the  "  doing,"  she 
hears  in  reply:  "  His  lessons";  "her  French";  "he  must  spend  that 
particular  hour  in  the  fresh  air  "  her  music  ";  "  her  dancing-class, 
you  know."  The  leader  does  know.  She  also  knows  the  deep  and 
lasting  benefit  to  be  had  from  her  mission  band  hour,  so  she  perse- 
veres, and  in  time — tho  she  sometimes  fears  that  it  may  not  be  until 
eternity — has  her  reward. 

Some  Attractive  Plans 

The  missionary  career  begins  with  the  Cradle  Rolls  and  the  Baby 
Bands,  made  up  of  the  tiniest  tots — too  tiny  oftentimes  to  know  of 
their  membership.  They  pay  their  "  dues,"  however,  being  guided  by 
father's  or  mother's  hand  to  the  wee  mite- chests.  Of  course,  in  these 
early  days  the  Band  is  a  means  of  grace,  principally,  to  the  father  and 
mother,  but  the  little  people  gradually  take  in  the  lessons  of  unselfish- 
ness and  interest  in  others,  and  when  they  have  reached  maturity  they 
can  not  remember  the  day  when  they  did  not  belong  to  a  Mission  Band. 

From  the  Cradle  Roll  they  move  on  to  the  Missionary  Kinder- 
garten and  to  the  Junior  Societ}7,  or  Mission  Band,  or  Brigade,  or  Club. 
Somewhere  along  in  these  latter  days  occurs  the  metamorphosis  from 
"Children"  to  "Young  People."  The  day  and  hour  of  its  arrival  can 
not  be  foretold  with  exactness,  but  it  is  sure  to  come,  and  when  it 
comes  the  leader  is  well  aware  of  it. 

Generally  speaking,  the  next  move  into  the  Senior  Society  is  a  wise 
one,  altho  in  some  cases  much  is  lost  by  it,  for  under  the  right  kind 
of  a  leader  more  may  be  gained  in  missionary  experience  as  the  oldest 
members  of  a  Mission  Band  than  under  a  poorer  leader  as  the  youngest 
members  of  a  Senior  Society. 

The  Mission  Band  Leader  generally  has  under  her  training  boys  or 
girls  from  nine  to  fifteen  years  of  age.  For  them  a  year's  study  of 
some  one  country  gives  perhaps  the  best  results.  "  A  year's  study," 
however,  may  mean  fifty-two  sessions  or  eight,  according  to  whether 
every  Sunday  afternoon  is  at  their  disposal,  or  the  missionary  season 


1905] 


HOW  TO  INTEREST  CHILDREN  IN  MISSIONS 


357 


comprises  one  meeting  a  month  from  October  to  May.  The  fewer  the 
meetings  the  more  careful  must  be  the  planning. 

Suppose  that  a  Band  has  a  membership  of  forty,  and  is  limited  to 
eight  meetings.  Then  there  may  be  five  standing  committees,  with  a 
different  chairman  for  each  of  the  eight  meetings.  These  committees 
include  : 

(1)  Music  (five  members). 

(2)  Bible-readings  (three  members). 

(3)  Decoration  and  Souvenirs  (five  members). 

(4)  Refreshments  (five  members). 

(5)  Program,  including  committees  on  Papers,  Maps,  Pictures,  Curios, 
and  Mottoes  (three  members  in  each  =  15). 

These  committees  include  thirty-three  members,  leaving  seven  for 
an  Emergency  Committee,  who  may  be  called  on  for  any  extra  service 
or  may  constitute  an  absentee  squad. 

Suppose  that  Japan  is  the  subject  to  be  studied. 

Committee  No.  1  will  practise  hymns  for  the  devotional  exercises, 
will  give  as  a  solo  the  Japanese  lullaby,  and  in  concert  the  Japanese 
National  Hymn. 

Committee  No.  2  will  get  from  every  member  Bible  verses  with 
which  they  have  been  familiar  as  long  as  they  can  remember.  From 
them  the  committee  will,  perhaps,  make  an  acrostic  upon  "The  Redemp- 
tion of  Christ/*  which  is  to  be  the  foundation  truth  of  the  coming 
Christian  Church  in  Japan.  (This  concrete  example  of  texts — known 
to  them  from  babyhood,  which  thousands  of  Japanese  boys  and  girls 
have  never  heard — is  better  than  the  vague  statement  that  the  Bible  is 
unknown.) 

Committee  No.  3  will  decorate  the  room  with  flowers  or  other- 
wise, and  provide,  for  souvenirs,  little  flags  (red  disk  on  white  ground), 
or  paper  umbrellas  or  fans. 

Committee  No.  4  will  furnish  refreshments  (Japanese  or  plain 
American)  for  the  social  half-hour  which  follows  the  meeting. 

Committee  No.  5  will  arrange  programs,  which  should  include  at 
various  times  map-talk,  papers,  discussions,  recitations,  tableaux,  to 
be  carried  out  by  members  of  the  committee  or  of  the  Emergency 
Committee.  A  "  picture  gallery  "  may  be  arranged,  a  "loan  collec- 
tion" of  curious  secured,  and  appropriate  mottoes  prepared — e.g., 
Verbeck's  "  I  like  to  work  silently."  For  this  purpose  gummed  letters 
can  be  bought,  thus  saving  the  precious  time. 

Before  and  behind,  around  and  underneath  every  committee  stands 
the  Band  Leader,  ready  to  suggest,  aid,  and  encourage,  always  remem- 
bering the  value  to  each  member  of  thus  "taking  part,"  but  never 
forgetting  that  the  meeting,  as  a  meeting,  is  to  be  kept  up  to  high- 
water  mark:  the  Standard  being  borne  ahead,  while  the  ranks  come 
up  to  the  Standard. 


358 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


"Rather  hard  on  the  leader?"  Well,  yes,  perhaps  so,  if  she 
looks  at  it  in  that  way.  But  she  doesn't.  She  thinks,  rather,  of  the 
resultant  enthusiasm  of  the  Band,  for  every  member  is  "  doing,"  and 
doing  her  best  every  time.  Do  not  misunderstand  and  do  not  forget 
that  the  boys  and  girls  are  in  school!  The  leader  does  not  forget  it. 
She  remembers  it  even  in  her  sleep — the  reiterations  of  the  mothers 
during  her  waking  hours  insure  that;  but  here  is  where  her  careful 
thinking  and  planning  tell.  Not  one  of  the  forty  members  has  more 
to  do  than  she  can  do  easily — if  only  her  interest  is  at  white  heat. 

When  the  year  is  over  the  Band  will  know  something  about  the 
country  studied :  they  will  know  that  the  boys  and  girls  there  are 
boys  and  girls  of  like  passions  with  themselves,  and  very  much  like 
them,  save  that  they  are  not  so  happy.  And  if  Committee  No.  2  has 
done  its  work  well,  it  will  be  seen  why  they  are  less  happy,  and  the 
Band  will  feel,  as  they  never  have  before,  that  having  themselves  freely 
received,  it  is  their  great  gladness  to  freely  give,  for  nowadays  the 
leader  says  with  her  Band :  "  We  joyfully  receive  the  Word  of 
Christ,  bidding  His  people  go  into  all  the  world  and  make  disciples  of 
all  the  nations." 

Another  Way 

That  is  one  way.  But  sometimes  the  leader  strives  not  for  detailed 
knowledge  of  one  country,  but  a  comprehensive  look  at  many.  For 
this,  perhaps,  nothing  is  quite  so  good  as  a  Travel  Club.  There  are 
many  ways  to  conduct  it.  For  the  younger  children  it  is  made  real- 
istic by  means  of  excursion  tickets,  parlor-cars  with  porter  and  con- 
ductor, ocean  steamers  (made  of  chairs),  etc.  The  older  boys  and 
girls  naturally  think  these  devices  suitable,  only  for  "kids,"  but 
greatly  enjoy  a  personally  conducted  tour  upon  more  self-respecting 
lines;  as,  for  instance,  when  half  the  membership,  with  the  leader 
as  a  guide,  "  travels  "  in  China,  keeping  note-books,  bringing  home 
curios,  and  arranging  the  room  for  the  meeting  to  represent  a  time  of 
special  interest — as,  the  "  Feast  of  Lanterns,"  or  a  street  in  a  Chinese 
city,  giving  every  possible  typical  sight.  At  this  meeting  they  tell 
their  experiences,  being  all  the  while  exposed  to  a  merciless  "quiz," 
which  they  had  expected,  for  while  they  "  traveled,"  the  other  half 
"stayed  at  home,"  quietly  reading  up  for  the  quiz. 

The  leader  wants  her  Band  to  know  something  of  the  devotion 
and  heroism  of  missionaries,  and  in  a  "biographical  year"  they 
learn  this,  and  more,  for  somehow  in  studying  these  inspiring  lives, 
which  are  like  a  tonic  to  their  own  characters,  they  come  to  have  a 
deep  compassion  for  those  to  whom  the  missionary's  life  was  given. 
There  is  endless  variety  in  the  methods  of  this  biographical  study, 
and  there  is  no  surer  way  "to  interest  boys  and  girls  in  missions"; 
only,  to  be  successful,  the  leader  herself  must  be  on  fire.  The  study 
then  becomes  of  absorbing  interest,  and  is,  perhaps,  of  all  others,  the 


1905] 


HOW  TO  INTEREST  CHILDREN  IN  MISSIONS 


359 


most  likely  to  lead  to  the  consecration  of  one's  life  to  the  mission 
field. 

The  leader  of  to-day  is  happy  in  having  as  coadjutors  in  her  work 
bright  and  attractive  missionary  periodicals,  and  she  counts  it  among 
her  privileges  that  she  may  help  to  foster  in  her  boys  and  girls  a  love 
for  the  children's  paper,  which  will  make  natural  and  necessary  the 
reading  of  the  "  grown-ups  "  when  the  time  comes.  Therefore,  for  one 
year  she  transmutes  her  program  committee  into  an  editorial  staff. 
"  Leading  articles,"  "  associated  press  despatches,"  "  personals,"  "  an- 
ecdotes," "  poetry,"  "book  notices,"  "reviews,"  are  all  to  be  "edited"; 
also,  critics  and  judges  are  to  be  appointed.  The  source  of  supply  is 
their  own  magazine,  but  it  is  understood  that  other  missionary  peri- 
odicals of  their  church  may  also  be  tapped.  One  item  from  the 
daily  press  having  a  missionary  connection  is  asked  for  from  each 
member. 

At  the  meeting  the  various  members  of  the  staff  tell  or  read  what 
has  been  collected  from  the  magazine  for  their  departments.  The 
critics  pronounce  upon  the  completeness,  or  otherwise,  of  their  articles. 
The  judges  assign  an  award  of  "  honorary  mention  "  to  the  best  "  cur- 
rent events  "  item,  and  also  to  the  best  solution  of  puzzles  when  the 
magazine  contains  them. 

Fascinating  Missionary  Books 

One  firing  more  is  essential.  Her  boys  and  girls  must  come  to  a 
realization  of  the  fact  that  of  all  reading  the  reading  of  missionary 
books  is  the  most  fascinating. 

But  how  shall  they  realize  it  ?  By  reading  the  books,  of  course  ! 
But  delight  in  this  reading  being  an  acquired  taste  (boys  and  girls 
seem  not  to  have  been  born  with  it),  how  shall  she  help  them  to  ac- 
quire it  ?  Many  people  like  to  solve  puzzles,  and  to  some  it  adds  zest 
to  receive  a  prize  for  correct  solutions. 

So  the  leader  makes  some  puzzles,  and  on  a  day  finds  gathered 
about  the  long-drawn-out  extension  table  in  the  church  parlor  six- 
teen girls  from  her  Band,  none  being  over  fourteen  years  of  age.  On 
the  table  are  missionary  books  galore  and  the  puzzles,  answers  to 
which  will  be  found  in  the  aforesaid  books. 

Time :  2 :  30  p.m.  Prize :  a  new  book  for  the  Band  Library.  The 
books  are  vigorously  attacked.  There  is  a  common  "pool  "  for  ideas, 
and  the  glimmer  of  an  answer  which  one  girl  finds  may  light  up  the 
question  for  another.  Sometimes,  as  the  searching  of  books  goes  on, 
the  whole  story  suddenly  stands  revealed  as  in  a  flashlight.  Excite- 
ment waxes.  The  leader  stands  by  longing  to  help,  but  nobly  resist- 
ing the  temptation,  for  the  prize  has  been  offered  upon  the  terms  "  No 
help."  She  has  seen  that  necessary  books,  and  none  that  are  unnec- 
cessary,  are  taken  from  the  library.     That  is  all— no!  she  does  tell 


300 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


them  when  they  are  "  hot,"  and,  perhaps,  when  they  are  very  "  cold." 
Now  and  then,  by  a  suggestive  question  or  two,  she  sharpens  their  wits, 
and  she  encourages  them  all  the  time,  but  she  tells  them — not  a  thing. 

So  it  goes  on;  pages  are  eagerly  turned,  delightful  discoveries  are 
made  now  and  again,  until,  when  the  time  comes  for  closing,  every 
puzzle  has  been  conquered,  every  question  answered — save  one.  "Who 
called  slavery  the  heart-disease  of  Africa?"  Who?  Who  f  Who? 
But  shall  the  ship  go  down  in  full  sight  of  the  harbor  ?  Never  !  So 
some  valorous  ones  remain.  The  answer  is  found  in  "  Tropical  Africa," 
and  the  prize  is  won. 

One  afternoon  of  pleasurable  puzzle-guessing  or  conundrum-solv- 
ing does  not  immediately  produce  sixteen  fully  fledged  lovers  of  mis- 
sionary literature  any  more  than  one  swallow  makes  a  summer.  But 
when  one  sees  an  unmistakable  swallow,  one  does  not  doubt  that  sum- 
mer is  on  its  way;  and  the  leader  does  not  doubt,  either. 

Time  and  space  forbid  mention  of  the  varied  uses  of  map  and  pic- 
ture and  question;  for  Band  Leaders  are  born,  not  made,  and  the  born 
leader  does  not  tire,  nor  does  fertility  of  invention  forsake  her. 

The  leader  also  trains  her  boys  and  girls  in  giving  money  for  the 
work  of  missions.  There  are  still  some  Bands  who  "raise  money  for 
missions"  by  ways  good  and  bad.  But  fairs,  suppers,  and  "entertain- 
ments "  seem  to  be  dying  out.  Let  none  drop  a  tear  for  their  pass- 
ing !  Happy  is  that  church  that  knows  them  not,  and  there  are 
churches  where  one  would  almost  look  for  the  walls  to  fall  if  the 
"  money-changers  "  gained  an  entrance. 

The  best  leaders  to-day  encourage  their  Bands  in  earning,  saving, 
or  paying  regularly  and  proportionately  from  an  allowance  for  mis- 
sions, believing  that  better  is  the  (possible)  little  that  a  systematic 
Band  gives  than  many  dollars  and  fairs  therewith. 

In  the  donation  of  the  money  the  leader  uses,  as  stepping-stones  to 
the  larger  giving  of  the  future,  "special  objects,"  of  a  kind  which 
appeal  to  the  warm  sympathies  of  children — kindergartens,  chil- 
dren's hospitals,  orphanages,  are  some  of  these.  She  thinks  of  them 
as  stepping-stones  only,  and  aims  so  to  bring  before  her  boys  and  girls 
the  whole  grand  missionary  enterprise,  as  a  whole,  that  the  very  gran- 
deur of  it  shall  inspire  them  to  give  of  their  money  to  the  point  of  sac- 
rifice, for  anything  less  would  be  unworthy.  To  accomplish  this  she 
helps  them  to  love  "  missions  "  with  all  their  hearts.  Later  they  will 
see  that  in  the  golden  cord  that  binds  the  whole  round  earth  about  the 
throne  of  God  there  are  three  strands,  which  we  call  "  local,"  "  home," 
and  "  foreign  "  missions,  and  that  this  means  that  to  some  of  them  will 
come  the  call  of  Christ  to  work  for  Him  at  home;  some  will  hear  Him 
calling  to  service  in  hard  places  of  their  own  country;  while  others 
will  go  to  lands  far  away. 


1905] 


THE  SOUTH  AFRICA  GENERAL  MISSION 


361 


REV.  ANDRKW  MURRAY,  HIS  WIPE,  AND  DAUGHTERS 

Dr.  Murray  is  the  famous  author  of  many  devotional  books.   He  is  pastor  of  a  Dutch  church  in 
Wellington,  founder  of  a  college,  and  founder  of  the  South  Africa  General  Mission. 
Mrs.  Murray  died  recently 


THE  SOUTH  AFRICA  GENERAL  MISSION 

BY  W.  SPENCER  WALTON,  DIRECTOR 

Thousands  of  God's  children  all  over  the  world  are  to-day  prais- 
ing God  for  blessing  received  at  the  Keswick  Conventions  for  the 
deepening  of  the  spirituallife.  Eternity  alone  will  reveal  what  God  has 
wrought  in  the  lives  of  many  through  the  ministry  of  His  consecrated 
servants,  who,  at  these  conventions,  minister  to  souls  the  precious 
things  of  Christ. 

My  first  visit  to  that  convention  was  when  the  late  saintly  Canon 
Battersby  last  presided.  Sitting  next  me  at  breakfast  in  the  vicarage 
was  one  at  that  time  little  known  in  England,  tho  well  known  in 
South  Africa — Rev.  Andrew  Murray,  whose  books,  "Abide  in  Christ" 
and  "With  Christ,"  etc.,  were  just  beginning  to  wield  their  mighty 
influence.  A  friendship  commenced  at  that  table  which  ripened  and 
deepened.  The  invitation  given  there  to  come  to  South  Africa  was 
God's  seed  planted  by  His  servant,  and  eventually  bringing  into  life 
our  present  mission. 

In  the  autumn  of  1887,  at  a  missionary  convention,  Mrs.  Osborne 
(now  Mrs.  Howe),  from  South  Africa,  had  come  to  speak.  On  the  last 
evening  meeting,  as  I  entered  the  door  of  the  hall,  a  letter  on  the  floor 
attracted  my  attention;  it  was  addressed  to  me,  and  from  Mrs. 
Osborne,  asking  would  1  take  this  as  God's  call  to  visit  South  Africa  ? 
Some  months  of  deep  exercise  of  soul  followed.  The  matter  was  laid 
before  Mr.  Hudson  Taylor  and  Mr.  Reginald  Radcliffe,  and  much 
prayer  went  up  to  the  Throne.  One  evening  I  cried  to  God  to  reveal 
unmistakably  His  mind.    Taking  a  book  from  the  mantel-piece,  I  read : 


3G2 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


O  Lord,  I  am  like  a  little  child,  knowing  neither  the  beginning  nor 
ending  of  my  way;  but  Thou  being  a  wonderful  Counsellor,  I  think  it 
only  my  wisdom  to  be  advised  and  ruled  by  Thee.  O  show  me,  then, 
always  Thy  ways  in  all  things  even  in  the  least,  that  I  may  never  miss 
to  do  Thy  work  in  due  season  and  due  order.  Make  me  such  a  faithful 
stow  ird  as  not  to  go  an  inch  from  Thy  will,  but  on  all  occasions  to  act 
and  suffer  according  to  Thy  good  pleasure. — Bogatzky. 

A  great  rest  filled  my  soul.  I  now  knew  I  had  God's  mind  about 
South  Africa.  Some  words  of  Rev.  C.  G.  Moore  came  to  my  mind 
with  fresh  power — "  When  you  know  that  God  has  called  you  unto 


SPENCER  WALTON  CROSSING  THE  KOSI  RIVER,  BRITISH  AMATONGALAND 


fellowship  with  Himself  about  work  for  Him,  go  forward."  Money 
began  to  come  in  for  my  fare,  and  on  June  15th  I  sailed  for  South 
Africa  in  the  good  steamer  Athenian. 

The  Cape  Town  ministers  held  a  meeting  of  welcome,  and  arrange- 
ments for  a  month's  meetings  in  Cape  Town  were  soon  made.  Begin- 
ning in  the  small  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Hall,  we  soon  had  to  move  to  the  large 
Metropolitan  Wesleyan  Church,  and  "signs  following"  convinced  us 
of  God's  presence  and  power.  Hundreds  of  souls  were  saved,  back- 
sliders restored,  while  God's  children  were  led  unto  the  rest  of  faith 
and  the  fulness  of  the  Spirit.  The  large  exhibition  buildings  were 
taken,  but  hundreds  were  still  turned  away.  The  revival  continued 
through  the  colony,  missions  being  held  at  Wynberg,  Simon's  Town, 
Stellenbosch  (principally  for  the  students),  Wellington  (the  home  of 
Andrew  Murray),  Robertson,  Worcester,  Touse  River,  Kimberley,  and 


A  ZULU  CHIEF  AND  HIS  COUNCILORS 


Grahamstown.  In  all  these  places  we  rejoiced  over  the  mighty  works 
of  God. 

Mrs.  Osborne  and  Mr.  Howe,  who  had  been  carrying  on  a  quiet  but 
fruitful  work  among  the  sailors  in  Cape  Town  and  soldiers  in  Wyn- 
berg,  offered  to  transfer  this  to  me,  after  consultation  with  Mr.  Andrew 
Murray,  who  strongly  advocated  the  founding  of  an  interdenomina- 
tional mission,  promising  to  be  the  president.  I  sailed  on  October 
17th  for  England  to  interest  the  British  Christians  in  the  work. 

With  a  map  of  South  Africa  before  me,  and  all  the  information 
that  I  could  obtain,  I  marked  out  untouched,  unevangelized  districts 
as  spheres  where  we  could  build  without  building  on  another's  foun- 
dation—Swazieland  especially  attracting  attention,  a  country  in  which 
God  has  allowed  us  to  open  four  stations  and  to  see  a  real  work. 

Information,  facts,  South  African  needs,  etc.,  carefully  condensed 
in  a  booklet,  were,  in  March,  1889,  laid  before  such  friends  as  Mr.  T. 
B.  .Miller,  Mr.  A.  A.  Head,  Mr.  H.  W.  Maynard,  Mr.  A.  Day,  and 
II.  W.  Fry,  merchants  in  London,  and  that  evening,  in  a  city  office, 
after  prayer,  the  mission  was  launched,  and  named  "The  Cape  Gen- 
eral Mission." 

It  was  wonderful  how  money  came  in  at  this  time  from  friends, 
and,  in  some  cases,  from  those  I  had  never  met.  The  Christian  press 
took  up  the  mission,  and  invitations  came  in  to  visit  centers  before 
sailing  again.  Cape  Town  was  reached  on  September  5th,  and  a  few 
days  after,  at  Mr.  Andrew  Murray's  home,  plans  were  discussed, 
arrangements  made,  and  our  first  South  African  convention  held. 

Now  we  have  over  one  hundred  missionaries  in  the  field,  besides  a 
score  of  native  evangelists.    In  Swazieland  we  have  four  mission  sta- 


3G4 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


tious  and  many  bright  native  Christians.  In  Pondoland  we  have  three 
mission  stations.  In  Tembuland  and  Bovanaland  we  have  also  three 
mission  stations.  In  Basutoland  we  have  three  native  evangelists 
working  with  the  French  Protestant  missionaries  there.  In  Durban, 
Natal,  we  have  two  native  churches  and  three  schools.  Mission  sta- 
tions at  Dumisa  and  Ingogo.  Indian  school  at  Phoenix,  for  we  have 
fifty-six  thousand  imported  Indians  in  Natal.  In  Zululand  two  mis- 
sion  stations  have  been  planted,  while  in  British  Amatongaland  we 
have  opened  two  first  mission  stations  in  that  country.  Further  north, 
in  Gazaland,  we  have  another  station,  and  even  another  on  the  great 
river,  Zambezi.  Never  in  the  history  of  the  mission  has  God  so  gra- 
ciously blessed  the  efforts  of  our  missionaries.  Mail  after  mail  brings 
the  news  of  heathen  souls  coming  out  of  that  intense  darkness  into 
the  glorious  light  of  the  Gospel. 

In  Johannesburg  we  have  our  headquarters  in  South  Africa,  the 
mission  hall  and  offices  being  a  center  of  activity.  Our  book-rooms 
there,  native  and  Europeon,  are  largely  patronized,  the  sale  of  native 
Bibles  and  texts  being  about  ten  thousand  annually,  besides  hundreds 
of  Dutch  and  English,  and  up-to-date  religious  literature.  Thus,  God 
has  developed  this  small  beginning  into  a  large  mission,  and  extended 
the  work  from  Cape  Town  to  the  Zambesi. 


# 


i 


A  MISSIONARY  AXD  HIS  SCHOOL  AT  MAPETA,  TONO ALAND 


1905] 


THEN  AND  NOW  IN  THE  TURKISH  EMPIRE 


365 


THEN  AND  NOW  IN  THE  TURKISH  EMPIRE 

BY  REV.  JOSEPH  K.  GREENE,  D.D.,  (  OXSTANTINOPLE 
Missionary  of  the  American  Board,  1859- 

With  the  devoted  and  eminent  missionaries  who  inaugurated  the 
evangelical  work  in  Turkey,  and  with  many  others  who  have  been 
prominent  in  carrying  the  work  forward,  I  have  been  associated  in 
work,  therefore  I  venture  some  contrasts  between  the  "then"  and 
"  now." 

Of  the  men  missionaries  whom  1  have  known,  and  at  present  recall, 
forty-one  have  passed  to  their  heavenly  reward  since  I  came  to  Turkey. 
These  include  every  missionary  who  labored  during  the  first  period  of 
twenty  years — the  period  of  seed-sowing.  Of  native  pastors,  beloved, 
with  whom  I  have  been  associated  happily,  thirteen  "rest  from  their 
labors,  and  their  works  do  follow  them." 

My  fields  of  labor  have  been:  Bardezag, to  June  1859;  Nicomedia, 
to  June  1862;  Broosa,  to  June  1868;  Monisa,  1871-72;  Constan- 
tinople, 1872  to  1884,  as  editor  of  three  missionary  weekly  papers  and 
three  illustrated  monthly  papers;  and  from  1886  to  the  present  time, 
as  city  missionary  in  Constantinople.  Three  times  in  forty-six  years 
I  have  been  permitted  to  visit  the  home  land — namely,  in  1868,  1884, 
and  1894,  and  on  the  occasion  of  each  visit  I  was  enabled  to  give  my 
whole  time  to  visiting  the  churches  and  associations,  especially  in  the 
Western  states  of  the  country. 

The  remarkable  progress  of  the  evangelical  work  in  European 
Turkey  and  Asia  Minor  since  1859  is  shown  by  the  following  figures : 

1859  1902 


Pastors,  preachers,  teachers,  helpers                              156  1,003 

Churches                                                                       40  136 

Church-members                                                        1,277  14,901 

Adherents  (estimated)                                                7,000  52,746 

Average  congregations  (estimated)                             50,000  411,450 

Colleges  for  young  men   8 

Colleges  for  young  women   2 

Boarding  and  high  schools  for  boys  and  girls                     2  30 

Common  schools                                                            69  405 

Total  pupils                                                               2,742  22,106 

Sunday-school  pupils  (estimated)                                 5.000  32,610 

Native  contributors  (estimated)                                 10,000  98,999 


The  colleges  are:  Robert  College,  Constantinople;  Anatolia  College, 
Marsovan;  Central  Turkey  College,  Aintab;  Eophrates  College,  Harpoot; 
Saint  Paul's  Institute,  Tarsus;  Apostolic  Institute,  Konia;  International 
College,  Smyrna;  Collegiate  and  Theological  Institute,  Samako;  Ameri- 
can College  for  Girls  at  Constantinople,  and  the  College  for  Girls  at 
Marash. 

The  total  does  not  include  Robert  College  nor  the  schools  at  Tar- 
sus and  Konia,  which  tho  one  in  aim  with  us,  have  been  independent 
institutions. 

In  a  review  of  the  past  forty-six  years,  in  spite  of  many  lost  oppor* 


366 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


tunities,  I  see  special  cause  for  rejoicing.  In  many  places  the  chil- 
dren and  grandchildren  of  the  early  Protestants  have  come  to  take  the 
place  of  their  parents  in  witnessing  for  Christ.  There  are  now  in 
Turkey  not  a  few  evangelical  churches,  so  long  accustomed  to  govern 
and  sustain  themselves  that  they  would  survive,  even  if  there  were  no 
missionaries  in  the  land.  We  have  four  model  translations  of  the 
Bible,  made  by  missionaries,  with  the  aid  of  native  scholars.  The 
missionaries  in  Turkey  have  now  that  distinct  lead  in  the  work  of 
higher  education  in  the  principal  cities  of  the  land.  In  educational 
lines,  and  in  the  change  of  the  religious  views,  the  general  influence 
of  the  evangelical  work  is  felt  throughout  Turkey. 

AVe  rejoice  that  we  have,  at  last,  the  governmental  permit  to  erect 
in  Pera,  the  European  quarter  of  Constantinople,  a  house  of  worship 
for  the  Evangelical  Armenian  Church  (the  first  in  the  land),  organ- 
ized fifty-nine  years  ago.  We  are  now  waiting,  with  prayer  and  hope, 
for  a  like  permit  to  erect  in  Stamboul  a  house  of  worship  for  the  sec- 
ond church,  organized  more  than  fifty  years  ago.  With  two  respect- 
able meeting-houses,  with  services  in  English  in  the  two  colleges,  and 
with  eight  regular  Sabbath  services  in  Armenian,  Greek,  and  Turkish, 
we  shall  be  prepared  to  make  a  more  fitting  public  witness  for  Christ 
in  this  great  city. 

There  are  three  things  which  are  desperately  needed,  and  for  which 
we  constantly  pray :  The  deepening  of  the  religious  life  of  mission- 
aries; a  quickening  of  religious  zeal  among  native  Protestants;  an 
outpouring  of  the  Holy  Spirit  upon  a  multitude  of  persons,  who,  tho 
enlightened,  have  not  surrendered  themselves  to  Christ. 

If  permitted  to  witness  these  tokens  of  the  Heavenly  Father's  favor, 
I  could  gladly  say : 

"Lord,  now  lettest  Thou  Thy  servant  depart  in  peace." 


THE  WORK  IN  COCANADA,  INDIA 

BY  REV.  H.  F.  LA  FLAMME 
Missionary  of  the  Canadian  Baptist  Society  of  Ontario  and  Quebec,  1887- 

The  district  of  Cocanada  is  situated  on  the  Godavery,  twelve  of 
whose  mouths  empty  into  the  sea.  It  comprises  an  area  of  296  square 
miles,  and  a  population  of  nearly  214,000,  distributed  in  one  hun- 
dred and  six  towns,  the  thriving  seaport  town  of  Cocanada  being  the 
capital,  with  a  population  of  50,000.  This  is  an  increase  of  nearly 
8,000  within  the  last  ten  years — nearly  33,000  in  Cocanada  itself  in  a 
decade.  We  have  10G  villages  in  our  field.  The  Gospel  is  only  in 
forty  of  these  villages,  leaving  the  remainder,  sixty-six,  without  any 
help. 

The  division  of  the  population  by  sexes  gives  105,245  males  and 
108,513  females;  by  religions,  207,852  Hindus,  4,993  Mohammedans, 


1905J 


WORK  IX  COCANADA,  INDIA 


367 


and  1,406  Christians,  of  whom  about  three  hundred  and  fifty  belong 
to  the  Canadian  Baptist  Mission.  About  4,600  English  papers  and 
magazines  have  been  sent  here  from  the  book-room  in  connection  with 
the  post-office  crusade.  Papers  have  been  sold  as  far  away  as 
Baluchistan,  and  our  city  preaching  has  been  so  interesting  that  rain 
did  not  hinder  nor  disperse  the  people.  A  circus  wagon  passing  with 
a  band  took  only  a  few  boys  and  a  naked  ascetic,  rolling  in  the  dust, 
holding  aloft  a  new-born  babe  in  a  basket,  followed  by  his  wife,  beat- 
ing a  drum  and  singing  the  beggars'  song.  At  the  magic-lantern  ver- 
sion of  the  Gospel  for  the  ladies  of  caste,  twelve  women  and  eighteen 
children  were  present.  Mrs.  Woodburne  chaperoned  me,  as  I  was  the 
only  man  allowed  to  be  present.  The  leading  gentleman  of  the  town 
invited  me,  a  mark  of  great  confidence — the  highest  compliment  ever 
paid  me  in  India. 

Our  periodical,  The  Ravi,  is  one  of  the  three  weekly  papers  pub- 
lished in  the  South  India  vernaculars.  If  the  experience  of  the  older 
papers  is  any  guide,  it  may  take  our  periodical  ten  years  from  the 
founding  to  attain  self-support.  Even  in  Christian  countries  the 
necessity  for  such  a  paper  has  been  emphasized  by  experiment.  If 
Christian  newspapers  are  desirable  in  Christian  lands,  where  the  pub- 
lic opinion  and  the  moral  standards  are  largely  Christian,  surely  in  a 
land  like  India,  where  the  mental  condition  of  the  vast  population  is 
in  a  state  of  flux  under  the  influence  of  a  scientific  Western  educa- 
tion penetrated  with  Christian  ideas,  not  always  recognized  as  such,  it 
is  very  important  that  the  newspaper,  the  most  powerful  factor  in 
molding  this  plastic  mass  before  it  hardens  into  a  new  set  of  convic- 
tions, should  be  guided  by  the  maxims  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount, 
permeated  with  the  spirit  of  Him  who  taught  the  true  fatherhood  of 
God  and  the  universal  brotherhood  of  man,  and  who  contributed  to 
the  world  the  four  unique  virtues  of  love,  purity,  forgiveness,  and 
humility  as  no  other  ever  did  or  could.  Those  maxims,  these  gifts, 
and  spirits  the  Christian  is  attempting,  be  it  ever  so  humbly,  to  realize 
and  perpetuate. 

The  papers  that  come  by  mail,  if  fresh,  are  first  put  on  file  in  the 
reading-room.  This  has  been  renovated  during  the  year  with  funds 
provided  by  the  native  Christians  as  a  memorial  to  the  founder  of  the 
mission,  Thomas  Gabriel,  an  ex-telegraph  master,  who  gave  up  his 
government  post  with  the  prospect  of  a  pension,  to  work  for  the  sal- 
vation of  his  fellows.  The  papers  and  magazines  now  on  file  there 
number  forty-seven. 

Bundles  of  papers  are  sent  down  to  the  book-room  to  be  given  away 
to  bonafide  purchasers,  thus  preventing  the  absorption  of  the  papers 
by  the  bazaar  dealers  for  wrapping-paper.  Many  of  them  are  distrib- 
uted in  our  street  preaching,  and  through  the  Christian  Endeavor  So- 
ciety.   The  papers  by  box  have  come  in  such  large  numbers  that  it  is 


368 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


impossible  to  use  a  fraction  of  them  here,  so  I  have  sent  out  two- 
hundred  and  fifty  post-cards  to  all  missionaries  and  Christian  work- 
ers in  this  part  of  India,  offering  them  in  one  rupee  bundles,  so  as  to 
cover  the  cost  of  the  freight. 

The  books  have  added  two  hundred  and  eighty  volumes  to  the  free 
circulating  library,  which  now  numbers  on  its  catalogue  five  hundred 
and  twenty-five  volumes.  But  there  are  not  that  many  on  the  shelves, 
for  each  book  that  is  given  unconditionally  is  priced  so  low  as  to 
barely  cover  the  cost  of  freight  and  handling,  and  go  at  once  from  the 
book-room  to  enrich  the  meager  library  of  some  struggling  student,  or 
a  young  man  who  is  starting  life  with  a  great  desire  to  read,  but  with 
a  salary  of  one  or  two  pounds  a  month,  and  a  number  dependent  on 
him  for  support.  These  men,  clerks,  lawyers,  students,  government 
servants,  school-teachers,  and  accountants,  Hindu,  Mohammedan,  and 
Christian,  Telugu,  Eurasian,  and  Anglo-Indian,  all  join  in  sincere 
gratitude  to  the  kind  donors  of  these  good  books  and  papers. 

We  secured  Scriptures  in  Telugu  and  English  for  distribution  in  our 
fields  in  connection  with  Lord  Radstock's  plan,  by  which  class  in  Eng- 
land give  to  class  in  India  (postmen  to  postmen,  police  to  police),  in 
commemoration  of  the  late  queen. 

With  a  band  of  four  preachers,  a  roll  of  fine  Sunday-school  pic- 
tures on  the  Life  of  Christ,  and  a  few  Scripture  portions  among  the 
pictures,  and  tracts,  we  have  gone  through  the  streets  of  the  cit}7,  and, 
taking  our  stands  at  eight  different  centers,  we  have  preached  regu- 
larly morning  after  morning  to  the  crowds  of  from  fifty  to  three  hun- 
hundred.  We  will  open  the  picture  role,  fling  it  to  the  breeze  at  the 
end  of  a  long  bamboo,  and  tell  through  the  streets  the  version  of  the 
life  of  Christ.  One  of  us  wrould  take  the  explanation,  and  would  thus 
hold  the  people  from  one  to  two  hours. 

The  widowed  mother  of  the  two  Brahman  converts  went  to  see 
them  after  an  interval  of  five  years,  and  sat  down  with  her  two  Chris- 
tian sons,  whom  she  has  been  bound  by  her  caste  rules  to  consider  as 
dead.  She  seemed  quite  pleased  with  it.  Two  ascetics,  both  speak- 
ing good  English,  one  of  them  almost  naked,  the  other  with  a  huge 
brass  collar  with  five  star-points  for  the  sacred  fire,  came  to  visit  us. 
I  had  talks  with  both  of  them. 

Among  the  number  recently  baptized,  there  are  two  sons  of  our 
late  pastor,  Jonathan  Burder,  who  are  now  in  the  Home  for  Lepers. 
Under  the  peculiar  circumstances  the  Church  authorized  their  elder 
brother,  Josiah,  the  head  master  of  one  of  the  caste  girls'  schools  here, 
to  administer  the  ordinance.  This  he  did  very  impressively,  before  a 
large  congregation  in  the  baptistry  near  the  church.  With  the  bap- 
tism of  these  lads  the  last  of  that  family  have  been  gathered  into  the 
visible  Church  of  God.    Their  membership  is  with  the  leper  church. 


1905] 


A  NOTABLE  "WEEK  FOR  THE  L.  M.  S. 


369 


A  NOTABLE  WEEK  FOR  THE  LONDON  MISSION- 

ARY  SOCIETY 

The  formal  occupation  of  its  new  mission  house  by  the  London 
Missionary  Society  was  the  occasion  of  a  missionary  conference  of  great 
interest  and  importance,  beginning  February  6th  and  continuing  until 
February  9th.  The  Conference  was  attended  by  605  ministers  and  997 
lay  delegates  from  different  parts  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  The 
meetings  seem  to  have  been  full  of  inspiration,  and  the  general  moral 
drawn  from  the  Conference  after  its  close  was:  "We  must  not  wait 
for  the  building  of  another  new  mission  house  before  calling  the  next 
Conference." 

The  new  building  is  at  No.  16  New  Bridge  Street.  It  is  a  hand- 
some structure  on  the  corner  of  Tudor  Street,  and  is  considerably 
larger  than  is  now  required  for  the  society.  Parts  of  it  will  be  rented 
for  commercial  uses  until  such  time  as  natural  growth  shall  make  the 
whole  building  necessary  for  missionary  purposes. 

The  first  meeting  in  the  new  structure  was  a  meeting  for  prayer 
and  thanksgiving — at  which,  by  the  way,  a  gift  to  the  society  was 
announced  of  $50,000  from  a  single  individual,  whose  name  is  not  to  be 
divulged.  At  the  formal  opening,  among  other  representatives  of  the 
two  other  centenarians  of  the  strictly  foreign  missionary  societies 
of  England  (the  Baptist  Missionary  Society  and  the  Church  Missionary 
Society)  delivered  addresses  of  cordial  congratulation  and  fraternal 
good-will.  Mr.  Baynes,  the  Secretary  of  the  Baptist  Society,  dwelt  on 
the  solid  basis  of  fraternal  feeling  between  missionary  societies  in  the 
common  treasure,  where  the  hearts  of  all  are  centered.  In  this  con- 
nection one  of  his  sentences  rang  out  clear  and  strong  an  appeal  to  the 
conscience  of  every  Christian  on  both  sides  of  the  ocean:  "If  we  belong 
to  Jesus  Christ,  this  foreign  mission  enterprise  is  not  optional  or  per- 
missive— it  is  absolute,  peremptory.  We  must  be  missionary,  as  Living- 
stone wrote  in  almost  the  last  letter  before  his  death,  or  be  faithless  to 
the  Lord  who  died  for  us." 

Bishop  Ingham,  who  represented  the  Church  Missionary  Society, 
dwelt  upon  the  thought  of  the  essential  oneness  of  all  the  missionary 
bodies — differences  of  administration,  but  the  same  Spirit;  differences 
of  operation,  but  the  same  Lord.  He  showed  in  a  striking  way  how 
denominational  differences  may  work  together  for  good.  The  heathen 
or  Mohammedan  people,  seeing  among  the  Protestant  bodies  one  name, 
one  book,  one  spirit,  and  at  the  same  time  different  methods  of  pub- 
lishing that' name,  find  an  evidence  of  reality  and  of  truth  and  of 
freedom  from  collusion  that  goes  very  far  indeed  to  convince  their 
subtle  minds.  There  is  a  truth  here  which  is  worth  bearing  in  mind 
when  discussing  the  question  whether  organic  union  among  the  mis- 
sionary bodies  would  not  be  fruitful  of  greater  results. 

The  sermon  preached  by  Dr.  R.  F.  Horton  in  the  City  Temple,  on 
the  evening  of  February  6th,  was  an  appeal  to  adopt  Christ's  view  of 
missions  and  live  accordingly.  He  chose  the  words  "Come,"  "Abide," 
"Go,"  as  the  text  of  his  sermon.  His  thesis  was  that  without  Coming 
to  Christ  there  can  be  no  Abiding,  and  without  Abiding  in  Him  there 
can  be  no  Going  for  Him  or  with  Him,  and  that,  on  the  other  hand, 
without  Going  there  can  be  no  Coming  and  no  Abiding.  "Can  we 
say  that  we  have  come  to  Him,  can  we  say  that  we  abide  in  Him,  and 


370 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


yet  put  aside  the  great  commission,  1  Go  into  all  the  world  and  preach 
the  Gospel  to  every  creature'  ?" 

The  three  words  imply  action.  "I  came  to  Jesus  and  He  gave  me 
rest,  because  He  gave  me  pardon  and  cleansing,  and  made  me  a  child 
of  God.  But  when  I  came  because  He  told  me  to  come,  I  heard  Him 
say,  'Come  and  take  my  yoke  upon  you,'  and  I  heard  Him  say  'Come, 
and  I  will  make  you  a  fisher  of  men.'  And  when  I  came,  the  question 
had  to  be  faced  whether  I  intended  to  abide  in  Him,  because  it  appeared 
that  if  I  did  not  abide  in  Him  I  should  be  like  a  withered  branch  that 
is  cut  off  and  bears  no  fruit.  As  Bushnell  put  it,  to  abide  is  an  act. 
We  are  to  abide  in  Christ,  we  are  not  to  bask  in  Him.  .  .  .  'If  any 
man  keep  My  commandments  he  shall  abide  in  Me.'  So  then  I  began 
to  see  that  abiding  means  obedience,  and  the  gift  of  the  Spirit  results 
from  obedience.  And  obedience  meant  'Go,'  for  there  is  the  command. 
If  I  go  not,  then  I  abide  not;  and  if  I  abide  not,  I  am  not  in  Him.  He  is 
going;  if  I  go  not,  I  am  not  with  Him,  I  fall  out  of  Him.  To  come,  and 
to  abide,  and  not  to  go;  to  come  and  to  abide  and  not  be  concerned  with 
that  which  is  His  chief  concern  upon  earth — to  win  the  world  to  Him — it 
is  not  possible.  If  I  attempt  it,  a  blight  falls  upon  my  life,  the  Spirit, 
grieved,  departs,  the  lamp  is  extinguished,  the  salt  has  lost  its  savor. 
.  .  .  It  is  a  great  thing  to  come  to  Christ;  it  is  a  great  thing  to  abide  in 
Him,  but  from  His  point  of  view  the  object  of  our  coming  and  of  our 
abiding  is  that  we  should  go." 

Dr.  Horton  pointed  out  that  the  missionary  is,  after  all,  the  normal 
Christian,  and  after  illustrating  the  point  by  the  lives  of  Carey,  Henry, 
Martyn,  and  John  Williams,  he  illustrated  how  those  at  home  can  be 
at  the  front:  the  ministers  by  leading  their  people  into  living  contact 
with  what  is  happening  in  the  field — not  urging  the  people  to  take 
missionary  magazines,  but  every  minister  becoming  a  missionary  maga- 
zine himself.  The  Sunday-school  teacher  can  be  at  the  front  in  this 
missionary  sense  by  bringing  out  the  missionary  bearing  of  each  pas- 
sage of  Scripture.  The  plain,  every-day  Christian,  who  is  neither 
minister  nor  Sunday-school  teacher,  he  comforted  by  telling  the  story 
of  John  Williams'  conversion.  He  was  a  careless  apprentice,  a  boy  of 
seventeen,  when  his  employer's  wife  saw  him  going  to  a  saloon  one 
evening,  spoke  kindly  to  him,  and  persuaded  him  to  go  to  prayer- 
meeting  instead.  John  Williams  was  converted  that  night.  "Did  not 
that  good  woman  go  that  night  to  the  uttermost  ends  of  the  earth  ? 
Why,  the  conversion  of  the  South  Seas  was  in  that  woman's  word  !  " 

The  interest  of  the  meetings  was  sustained  to  the  end.  Discussion 
was  had  upon  policy,  upon  the  situation,  and  upon  future  plans,  and  all 
who  came  to  the  Conference  went  home  feeling  that  they  had  been 
in  a  sacred  and  solemn  gathering  which  had  opened  their  souls  to  feel 
missions  more  than  ever  before.  One  of  the  speakers  made  use  of  an 
expression  which  describes  the  missionary  situation  in  other  places  than 
among  the  constituency  of  the  London  Missionary  Society.  "We  have 
prayed,  God  has  answered,  and  we  have  been  afraid  at  his  answer ! ' 
The  task  is  not  too  great  for  us.  It  is  we  who  have  not  been  great 
enough  for  the  task.  In  such  a  case  the  words  of  Dr.  Horton  apply  the 
world  around:  "  The  Church  sends  her  tiny  army  to  the  front,  and  then 
proceeds  to  think  of  something  else.  That  is  the  cause  of  failure." 
Let  us  hope  that  the  London  Society  may  find  a  new  epoch  beginning 
from  this  notable  Conference. 


1905] 


TWENTY  YEARS'  MISSIONARY  WORK  IN  KOREA 


371 


TWENTY  YEARS'  MISSIONARY  WORK  IN  KOREA* 

BY  REV.  H.  G.  UNDERWOOD,  D.D.,  SEOUL,  KOREA 
Missionary  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  (North),  1884- 

Thirty  years  ago  Korea  was,  in  truth,  the  Hermit  Nation,  with  all 
doors  tight  closed  against  all  outsiders.  Twenty-eight  years  ago  she  was 
induced  to  open  intercourse  with  her  near  neighbor,  and  on  February  26, 
1876,  she  concluded  a  treaty  with  Japan.  But  still,  with  a  tenaciousness 
of  purpose  that  we  cannot  but  admire,  she  held  out  against  all  the  bland- 
ishments of  Westerners  six  whole  years  longer  till  May  22,  1882,  when  the 
first  treaty  with  a  Western  power,  with  the  United  States  of  America, 
was  signed. 

The  Church  had  been  long  asking  for  an  open  door.  Her  prayers  had 
been  long  and  insistent,  yet  with  what  faith  may  be  judged  from  the  fact 
that  when  the  answer  came  she  was  not  ready.  She,  however,  began  to 
prepare  to  enter  in  1884.  The  Methodist  Church  sent  Dr.  R,  S.  McClay 
to  look  over  the  field  in  June  of  that  year,  and  took  steps  to  find  the  men, 
and  Rev.  H.  G.  Appenzeller  and  Dr.  Scranton  arrived  in  Korea  in  the 
spring  of  1885.  The  Presbyterian  Church  at  the  same  time  was  search- 
iag  for  the  men,  and  in  June  of  1881  appointed  Dr.  J.  W.  Heron,  and  in 
July  the  writer;  and  in  August  cabled  to  Dr.  H.  N.  Allen,  then  in  Shang- 
hai, to  proceed  to  Korea,  where  he  arrived  on  September  20,  1884. 

Twenty  years  ago,  almost  as  it  were  but  yesterday,  marked  the 
arrival  of  the  first  Protestant  missionary  with  the  intention  of  settling 
in  the  land;  and  truly,  as  we  gaze  over  the  field  to-day,  we  will  all  say, 
"This  is  the  Lord's  doing;  it  is  marvelous  in  our  eyes;  blessed  be  the  Lord 
God." 

How  vague  indeed  were  our  first  impressions!  What  strange 
things  we  expected  to  see!  We  well  knew  that  the  old  Korean  law  had 
been,  not  simply  death  to  all  foreigners,  but  death  to  all  Koreans  found 
guilty  of  harboring  foreigners.  The  awful  persecutions  of  the  Romanist 
Christians  in  the  sixties  were  prominent  in  our  thoughts.  The  previous 
failure  of  persistent  efforts  made  by  all  powers,  especially  by  France  and 
America,  could  not  be  forgotten.  In  1884,  after  my  appointment,  when 
introduced  to  the  Secretary  of  the  London  Missionary  Society,  his  first 
exclamation,  when  my  destination  was  mentioned,  was  "Korea,  Korea, 
that's  the  place  where  we  sent  a  man  twenty  years  ago  and  never  heard 
from  him  again,"  referring  to  the  devoted  Mr.  Thompson,  who  had  taken 
passage  on  the  ill-fated  Sherman  as  a  means  of  reaching  his  destination, 
and  had  perished  just  outside  of  Pyeng  Yang.  Of  course  we  knew  that 
a  treaty  now  existed  which  promised  us  certain  rights,  but  we  were  told 
that  treaties  would  not  change  the  people,  that  it  was  the  people  who 
heretofore  had  kept  Korea  shut,  and  that  a  small  minority  in  the  gov- 
ernment had  succeeded  in  overriding  the  majority  of  the  people  in  secur- 
ing the  passage  of  these  treaties.  We  were  freely  told  that  we  were 
taking  our  lives  in  our  hands,  and  urged  by  not  a  few  to  refrain  from 
starting  on  such  a  foolhardy  errand.  We  expected  to  find  a  savage  peo- 
ple, hostile  to  everything  foreign,  and,  of  course,  especially  so  to  the 
foreigner. 

Naturally,  on  our  appointment  to  Korea,  we  studied  the  history  of 

*  Condensed  from  The  Korea  Field  from  an  address  delivered  at  the  Missionary  Confer- 
ence in  Seoul,  September  22,  1904. 


372 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


missions  in  other  fields  in  preparation  for  our  work.  We  learned  how 
Judson  had  worked  year  after  year,  and  almost  decade  after  decade,  in 
what  came  to  be  called  the  Lone  Star  Mission,  without  a  single  convert, 
until  the  church  he  represented  was  about  to  withdraw  the  mission.  We 
saw  how  the  missionaries  to  China  had  been  called  to  plod  tediously 
along  without  any  fruits  for  almost  half  a  century.  We  read  how,  even 
in  Japan,  they  had  to  wait  nearly  ten  years  before  they  baptized  their 
first  convert,  twelve  years  before  they  organized  their  first  church,  with 
oven  then  only  six  Christians.  And  we  naturally  expected  that  we,  too, 
would  be  called  upon  to  spend  a  goodly  number  of  years  in  simply  min- 
ing and  sapping,  in  laying  the  foundations,  in  preparing  the  ground,  and 
conversions  were  not  to  be  expected  for  a  long  period  of  years.  Before 
leaving  New  York  I  was  talked  to  privately  by  the  Executive  Committee 
of  the  Board,  and  urged  not  to  be  downhearted  over  long  waiting  for 
results,  for,  given  a  land  like  Korea,  many  years  would  intervene  before 
they  could  be  expected. 

We  found  a  gentle,  friendly,  warm-hearted,  open-handed,  generous 
people,  who  wanted,  almost  wherever  we  went,  to  treat  us  as  favored 
guests  from  afar.  We  found  a  people  patient  and  long  suffering,  who 
would  carry  the  endurance  of  hardships  almost  to  a  fault,  and  yet  to 
whom,  when  once  tried  too  far,  when  once  roused,  the  old  instincts  of 
savagery  seemed  to  return  with  increased  force,  like  the  bursting  of  pent- 
up  waters  (and,  as  some  of  us  have  seen,  a  Korean  mob  is  like  wild 
beasts  in  ferocity  and  savagery).  We  found  a  people  deeply  ignorant 
from  a  AVestern  point  of  view,  yet  from  an  Oriental  standpoint  educated 
and  having  a  fair  degree  of  culture.  Their  lack  of  knowledge  of  natural 
science  had  left  them  a  prey  to  innumerable  superstitions,  so  that  they 
were  unable  to  discern  between  the  true  and  the  false.  We  found  the 
people  wholly  heathen,  giving  their  adherence  to  one  or  other  of  three 
religions,  and  ofttimes  to  all  three,  yet  with  no  real  faith,  no  hope  for 
the  present  or  future,  and  no  religious  leaders  and  teachers  to  whom  they 
could  look. 

We  found,  however,  ready  to  hand,  a  Chinese  Christian  literature, 
for  which  there  was,  tho  limited,  considerable  use,  and  it  proved  of  much 
service.  We  found  a  few  tracts  and  translations  from  the  hands  of 
Messrs.  Ross  and  Maclntyre,  of  Manchuria,  that  wTere  of  considerable 
use  in  the  north.  We  found  a  few  Christians  from  Mukden,  who  had 
been  traveling  and  preaching  and  winning  a  way  for  the  Gospel,  a  little 
handful  of  John  the  Baptists  who  had  already  done  not  a  little  seed- 
sowing.  Wc  found  already  established  a  Roman  Catholic  Church,  which 
in  its  one  hundred  years  of  existence  had  had  a  history  religiously  glo- 
rious, but  politically  and  practically  prejudicial  to  our  work.  We  found 
also  a  people  ready  to  listen  to  the  Gospel,  willing  and  eager  to  purchase 
books.  In  Koyang,  in  the  spring  of  1888,  when  Mr.  Appenzeller,  in  com- 
pany with  the  speaker,  offered  the  Gospel  of  Mark  for  sale,  the  books 
were  demanded  so  fast  that  wre  had  to  close  our  packs  and  stop  the  sales 
for  the  sake  of  saving  some  for  the  remainder  of  the  trip.  A  year  later, 
in  Song  Do,  in  two  days  we  sold  more  than  a  pony  load  of  books  which 
we  had  thought  sufficient  for  a  three  months'  trip,  and  sent  back  for 
more.  I  do  not  mean  to  say  these  books  were  purchased  because  they 
were  Christian,  but  the  fact  that  the  natives  were  willing  to  buy,  in  spite 
of  their  being  Christian,  revealed  quite  plainly  the  open  door  that  God 
had  placed  before  His  messengers  in  Korea. 


1905] 


TWENTY  YEARS'  MISSIONARY  WORK  IN  KOREA 


373 


One  of  the  first  things  to  be  done  was  to  win  the  favor  of  the  govern- 
ment as  far  as  possible,  so  that  obstacles  should  not  be  unnecessarily 
placed  in  our  way;  but  this,  without  the  favor  of  the  people,  would  be  of 
but  little  use,  and  consequently,  while  endeavoring  to  win  the  former, 
we  strove  still  more  for  the  latter.  Under  the  guidance  of  Providence, 
both  of  these  were  early  accomplished  through  the  labors  of  the  medical 
missionaries.  Dr.  Allen's  work  for  Min  Yong  Ik,  the  establishment  of 
the  Royal  Korean  Hospital  as  a  recognition  of  it,  and  the  subsequent 
services  of  Drs.  Allen,  Heron,  Scranton,  and  Mrs.  Bunker  in  the  palace, 
hospitals,  and  dispensaries,  soon  won  the  first  place  in  the  hearts  of  the 
people  for  our  missionaries. 

At  the  start  the  results  of  foreign  surgery  and  medicine,  altho  of  the 
simplest,  were  so  remarkable  as  to  seem  miraculous.  Missionary  work 
among  the  cholera  sufferers  in  1886  and  1894  also  did  not  a  little  to  break 
down  even  the  most  antiforeign  prejudices.  Then,  too,  while  mistakes 
were  made,  and  at  times  we  lost  temper  and  patience  with  exasperating 
Koreans,  yet  our  general  attitude  toward  them  and  the  manifested 
reason  for  our  coming  gradually  won  for  us  a  place  in  their  hearts,  and 
to  no  small  degree  was  this  done  and  has  it  been  held  by  the  gentle  influ- 
ence of  our  women  and  our  little  children.  Especially  under  God  has 
this  been  the  case  with  our  little  ones,  who  in  numberless  instances  have 
won  a  hearing  which  would  otherwise  have  been  withheld. 

Then,  too,  a  new  and  difficult  language  had  to  be  conquered,  and 
language  helps  prepared.  In  this  work  the  French  had  been  foremost. 
English  helps  were  early  prepared  by  Mr.  Scott  in  1888,  by  the  speaker 
in  1889,  followed  by  Mrs.  Baird's  "Fifty  Helps  "  and  Dr.  Gale's  Diction- 
ary and  "  Grammatical  Forms  "  in  1894.  Bible  translations  were  early 
begun,  and  a  tentative  version  of  the  Gospel  of  Mark  was  published  in 
1887.  A  Christian  literature  had  to  be  prepared,  and  early  the  Korean 
Religious  Tract  Society  was  organized.  Hymns  had  to  be  translated  and 
the  natives  taught  to  sing. 

The  training  of  native  workers  was  one  of  the  most  important  duties 
which  stared  us  in  the  face,  for  we  well  knew  that  the  winning  of  Korea 
must  be  through  the  work  of  the  natives.  Doubting  the  advisability  of 
employing  young  converts  to  carry  on  this  work,  we  early  hit  upon  the 
expedient  of  making  each  convert  a  worker  while  leaving  him  to  abide 
in  the  calling  wherein  he  was  found,  and  thus  we  have  endeavored  to 
raise  up  a  Church  of  working  Christians. 

Schools  were  needed,  and  the  first  year  saw  the  beginnings  of  boys' 
and  girls'  schools  in  both  missions,  and  for  these,  of  course,  school-books 
had  to  be  prepared. 

In  addition  to  this,  there  were  endless  problems  to  be  solved  and 
what  seemed  almost  insurmountable  difficulties  to  be  overcome,  nearly 
all  familiar  to  many  of  you,  and  many  of  them  as  yet  unsolved  or  only 
partially  so:  What  are  we  to  do  to  prevent  rice  Christians  and  frauds? 
How  are  we  to  strike  the  happy  mean  between  too  great  caution  on  the 
one  hand  and  too  great  rashness  on  the  other  ?  How  far  is  it  best  to  ren- 
der free  medical  service  ?  How  shall  we  deal  with  applicants  for  bap- 
tism ?  How  are  we  to  train,  remunerate,  and  manage  helpers  ?  How  to 
carry  on  our  work  with  no  money  ?  How  to  differentiate  between  men 
and  women's  itinerating  ?  How  to  get  books  printed  when  there  was  no 
press  and  no  Korean  type  ?  How  shall  we  elevate  the  Korean,  and  teach 
him  at  the  same  time  to  keep  his  place  ?    How  best  can  we  protect  from 


374 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


unjust  persecution  without  using  influence  unduly  and  harmfully?  How 
shall  we  keep  the  natives  out  of  harmful  political  complications,  and  yet 
not  interfere  with  individual  liberty  ?  How  are  we  to  interest,  feed,  and 
guide  a  rapidly  increasing  body  of  infant  believers  ?  How  to  organize 
and  direct  churches  and  work  ?  How  to  manage  the  concubine  and  mar- 
riage question  ?  The  drink  question  ?  Sabbath  difficulties  ?  Ancestral 
worship  ?  Romanist  interferences?  and  a  host  of  other  questions,  most 
of  which  are  still  left  for  us  to  solve.  But  the  main  question,  and  that 
which  includes  all  others,  is  how  most  speedily  and  most  successfully 
shall  we  establish  in  Korea  a  self-supporting,  self-propagating,  self-gov- 
erning Church  of  Christ  ? 

Medical  work  opened  the  door,  and  it  has  naturally  ever  since  held  a 
prominent  place  in  Korean  missions.  But  the  effort  has  always  been  to 
make  it  medical  evangelism,  and  I  think  I  am  safe  in  saying  that  the 
missionary  doctors  in  Korea  take  a  greater  delight  in  the  evangelistic 
results  of  their  work  than  in  the  medical.  There  are  at  present  here 
over  twenty  practising  missionary  physicians,  who  are  carrying  on  their 
work  in  three  foreign-built,  fully  equipped  hospitals,  and  numerous  native 
built  hospitals  and  dispensaries.  These  may  be  termed,  perhaps,  make- 
shifts for  hospitals,  but  in  them  work  is  done  that  would  reflect  credit  on 
the  best  hospitals  of  Europe  and  America.  In  almost  a  dozen  cities  this 
work  is  going  on  for  both  men  and  women;  as  time  will  permit,  medical 
itinerating  trips  are  taken,  and  on  an  average  over  fifty  thousand  patients 
are  treated  annually.  To  all  of  these  the  Gospel  is  preached,  and  the 
good,  both  physical  and  spiritual,  that  these  institutions  are  accomplish- 
ing, and  the  share  they  are  taking  in  the  uplifting  of  Korea,  are  incalcu- 
lable. 

As  was  noted  above,  school  work  was  early  begun.  But  with  the 
missions  in  Korea  the  aim  of  their  schools  has  not  been  so  much  to  use 
them  as  evangelistic  agencies,  but  rather  to  provide  a  Christian  educa- 
tion for  the  children  of  Christians.  With  this  aim  in  view  there  are 
scattered  over  Korea  already  more  than  one  hundred  primary  schools, 
most  of  which  are  supported  entirely  by  the  native  churches.  Three 
academies  for  higher  education,  two  in  Seoul  and  one  in  Pyeng  Yang, 
besides  several  boarding-schools  for  girls,  have  already  been  established. 
Professional  work  has  already  been  begun  also  in  medicine  and  theology. 
In  this  nation,  which  thirty  years  ago  was  a  hermit  nation,  we  have  a 
hold  to-day  upon  the  young  which  augurs  well  for  the  future. 

From  a  literary  standpoint,  no  little  has  been  accomplished.  Chris- 
tian newspapers  have  been  established,  tracts  and  religious  books  have 
been  prepared,  some  text-books  for  our  schools  and  medical  books  are 
ready,  but  many  more  are  still  needed;  and  this  year  the  Board  of  Bible 
Translators  completed  its  work  on  the  New  Testament,  and  are  now 
piishing  on  with  the  Old.  For  the  first  printing  it  was  necessary  to  go 
to  Japan,  and  even  to  have  the  type  made;  now  we  have  a  fully  equipped 
mission  press,  ready  annually  to  turn  out  by  the  millions  its  leaves  for 
the  healing  of  the  nation. 

Some  Visible  Results 

In  the  winter  of  1885  the  Rev.  H.  G.  Appenzeller  invited  all  the  mis- 
sionaries in  Korea  to  a  watch-night  service — less  than  a  dozen  men  and 
women  all  told.  At  that  little  meeting,  as  we  gathered  around  our 
Father's  footstool,  the  burden  of  prayer  was  that  we  might  have  souls  as 
seals  to  our  ministry  during  the  coming  year.    Most  of  us  had  been  in 


1905] 


TWENTY  YEARS'  MISSIONARY  WORK  IN  KOREA 


375 


Korea  not  a  year,  and  for  what  were  we  asking  ?  Were  we  not  asking 
too  much  of  God  ?  These  were  the  questions  that  passed  through  our 
minds  even  when  we  were  on  our  knees.  We  didn't  have  much  faith 
that  night;  but  oh,  how  we  wrestled  in  prayer  for  souls  !  On  July  11, 
1886,  we  baptized  our  first  convert  in  the  parlor  of  Dr.  Heron's  home,  and 
about  a  month  later  it  was  my  privilege  to  assist  Mr.  Appenzeller  in  the 
baptism  of  the  second  convert  at  his  home. 

In  the  winter  of  1886  we  had  another  watch-night  service,  and  at  this 
meeting  the  first  prayer  that  was  offered  was  that  we  might  have  a  score 
of  souls  during  the  year  upon  which  we  were  just  entering.  Again  we 
almost  thought  we  were  asking  too  much  of  God.  "But  the  love  of  God 
is  broader  than  the  measure  of  man's  mind,  and  the  heart  of  the  Eternal 
is  most  wonderfully  kind."  Before  the  end  of  the  year  there  were  over 
a  score  of  members  in  the  two  churches.  Before  the  close  of  1888  the 
numbers  were  more  than  doubled.  And  when  I  was  in  America  on  my 
first  furlough  we  were  able  to  report  over  one  hundred  Christians  in  the 
two  Protestant  churches  then  working  in  Korea.  No  mission  field  since 
apostolic  days  had  been  so  wonderfully  blessed. 

With  a  knowledge  of  the  openness  of  the  country  and  of  the  people, 
when  on  furlough  in  1891  and  1892,  as  I  pled  for  reinforcements,  I  told  of 
the  prospects  that  were  before  the  Church  if  she  would  but  enter  Korea 
at  once.  I  had  never  began  to  dream  of  even  the  merest  beginnings  of 
the  wonderful  showers  of  blessing  God  had  in  store  for  Korea.  The 
work  has  been  blessed  ten  and  twenty  fold  more  bounteously  than  any 
mortal  had  ever  thought. 

Consider  for  a  moment  the  past  year  alone,  and  the  figures  are  not 
complete.  There  were  received  into  full  communion  last  year,  by  all  the 
Protestant  churches  working  in  Korea,  more  than  2,400  souls.  This 
would  be  an  average  of  over  200  a  month — 50  a  week.  Truly  the  Lord  is 
adding  unto  Himself  daily  such  as  shall  be  saved.  "This  is  the  Lord's 
doing,  and  it  is  marvelous  in  our  eyes." 

Now,  to  sum  up  for  the  whole  Church  work,  there  are  in  Korea  to-day 
over  sixty  missionaries,  who  have  under  their  care  820  and  more  par- 
tially organized  churches,  some  of  these  of  large  membership.  In  these 
churches  there  are  16,233  communicants,  11,003  catechumens,  with  a  total 
of  over  40,000  adherents,  or  men  and  women  that  call  themselves  Chris- 
tian. This  is,  indeed,  the  Lord's  doing,  and  it  is  marvelous  in  our  eyes. 
"Blessed  be  the  Lord  God,  the  God  of  Israel,  who  only  doeth  wondrous 
things." 

Lastly,  let  us  consider  the  vision  of  the  future,  promised  and  justified 
by  our  review  of  the  past.  It  seems  to  me  that  I  can  see  plainly  before 
me  to-day  a  new  Korea,  a  nation  emancipated,  completely  emancipated, 
politically,  intellectually,  spiritually,  from  the  thraldom  of  misrule,  igno- 
rance, and  superstition — a  Christian  Korea.  I  see  in  the  future  schools, 
Christian  in  teaching,  in  teachers,  in  esprit  du  corps,  in  every  town  and 
village,  with  academies  and  higher  schools  in  all  the  larger  cities,  a  med- 
ical college  and  school  for  nurses,  and  in  ever  city  in  the  land  self- 
supporting  hospitals;  an  effective  corps  of  native  women  evangelists, 
Bible  readers,  and  deaconesses,  ministering  to  the  suffering  and  bringing 
light  and  cheer  to  the  dying;  here  and  there  all  over  the  land  institutions 
of  mercy,  giving  practical  illustration  of  the  love  of  Christ.  I  have  a 
vision  of  Christian  homes,  Christian  villages,  Christian  rulers,  and 
Christian  government ;  and,  guiding,  controlling,  influencing  it  all  I 


3?()  THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD  L^a}* 

see  an  organized  Church  with  a  competent,  well-trained,  thoroughly 
consecrated  native  ministry,  a  united  non-sectarian  Church  of  Christ, 
where  there  are  neither  Methodists,  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  Jews, 
nor  Greeks,  Barbarian,  Scythian,  bond,  nor  free,  circumcised,  nor 
uncircumcised,  but  Christ  is  all  in  all.  I  see  this  nation  reaching 
out  strong,  glad  arms  of  influence  to  China  on  the  one  hand  and  to 
Japan  on  the  other,  softening  the  prejudice  and  conservatism  of  the  one, 
and  steadying  the  faith  of  the  other  ;  and  thus,  Korea  with  a  hand  in 
that  of  either  sister,  the  three  join  the  great  circle  of  Christian  nations 
who  praise  the  Lamb  forever  and  ever,  and  hail  Jesus  King  of  kings  aud 
Lord  of  lords.  And  we,  if  not  here,  from  there  shall  see  it  all,  and  as  we 
gaze  in  wonder  and  rapture,  shall  repeat  "This  is  the  Lord's  doing;  it  is 
marvelous  in  our  eyes.  Blessed  be  the  Lord  God  of  Israel,  who  only 
doeth  wondrous  things,  and  blessed  be  His  holy  name  forever,  and  let  the 
whole  earth  be  filled  with  His  glory."  And  all  the  hosts  of  heaven  shall 
respond  "Amen  and  amen." 


NOTES  OF  A  MISSIONARY  IN  BASUTOLAND* 

BY    REV.    BARTHELEMY    PASCAL,  OF   THE   PARIS   MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

It  was  in  December,  1900.  Standing  upon  a  rock  which  we  had  just 
split  in  order  to  get  stone  for  the  construction  of  the  chapel,  we  were 
looking  for  the  one  hundreth  time  upon  one  of  those  beautiful  African 
sunsets  over  the  majestic  chain  of  the  Mahuti  Mountains.  Some  one 
called  my  name.  I  hastened  down  the  side  of  the  mountain,  and  saw  on 
one  of  the  lower  ridges  one  of  our  neighbors,  the  son  of  the  chief  of  the 
Batlokwa,  old  Lakonjela,  formerly  feared,  even  by  the  Basutos,  for  his 
warlike  ardor.  "Come  quick,"  he  said;  and,  without  explaining,  he 
turned  and  ran  down  the  hill.  I  followed  him  as  far  as  his  home.  There 
I  found,  sitting  with  several  women,  two  old  men,  and  between  them  the 
little  blind  daughter  of  the  chief,  whom  we  knew  well.  She  was  holding 
the  old  men  by  the  hands.  She  said  in  her  sad  little  voice:  "I  wanted  to 
hear  some  hymns  sung  about  Jesus,  and  I  said  to  myself  that  since  my 
two  old  grandfathers  were  with  me,  they  ought  to  hear  too.  They  didn't 
want  so  come,  but  I  took  them  by  the  hands,  and  I  am  holding  them 
fast.  Now  begin."  So  we  sang  several  hymns,  and  then  prayed.  One  of 
the  old  men,  when  we  were  coming  away,  wishing  to  shake  my  hand, 
furtively  brushed  away  a  tear.  It  was  the  first  step  for  some  of  these 
people  toward  our  regular  religious  meetings. 

Ma-Nhalla,  the  grandmother  of  this  little  child,  learned  to  know 
God  in  a  manner  no  less  unexpected.  One  day  she  was  led  by  curiosity 
to  one  of  our  meetings  when  there  were  baptisms  and  the  Lord's  Supper 
was  administered.  After  she  returned  to  her  home  at  the  village  she 
was  silent  and  downcast.  She  said  she  was  not  feeling  well,  without 
being  able  to  describe  her  trouble.  "My  heart  is  black"— this  was  all 
that  they  could  get  her  to  say.  Her  husband,  the  chief  of  the  Batlokwa, 
had  a  consultation  with  his  doctors. 

"  It  is  a  spirit  that  has  possessed  her." 

"It  is  not." 

"It  is." 


*  Translated  from  the  Journal  des  Missions  Evangeliques,  Februar}',  1905,  for  the  Mis 
sionary  Review  of  the  World  by  the  Bureau  of  Missions. 


1905] 


NOTES  OF  A  MISSIONARY  IN  BASUTOLAND 


377 


"  It  can  not  be,"  replied  the  chief,  "because  a  spirit  always  demands 
beer  and  meat,  and  Ma-Nhalla  has  never  expressed  a  desire  to  have  such 
a  feast." 

Leaving  his  doctors  out  of  the  question,  he  proceeded,  that  same 
evening,  to  kneel  by  the  side  of  his  wife  and  to  pray  with  her,  for  he  had 
learned  prayers  in  the  days  of  his  boyhood.  He  did  this  morning  and 
evening  for  several  weeks.  Then  one  day  he  bought  a  catechism,  and,  as 
during  his  boyhood  he  had  learned  to  read,  he  taught  his  wife  every  day 
a  new  paragraph  of  this  book.  After  preparing  her  in  this  way,  he 
brought  her,  one  tine  morning,  to  the  mission,  saying:  "I  can  not  go  on 
because  I  would  have  to  go  with  her.  I  bring  my  wife  to  you,  so  that  you 
can  receive  her  into  the  class.  She  thirsts  for  God."  This  was  the 
beginning.  Later,  Ma-Nhalla  became  one  of  the  most  faithful  members 
of  the  Sebapala  Church. 

I  said  to  the  chief:  "  Kathokan,  why  will  you  not  come  with  her  if 
the  road  is  good  ?  " 

"  It  is  a  good  road,  but  it  is  narrow,  and  I  can  not  get  through  with 
my  six  wives,  and  I  can  not  separate  from  them.  Oh!  I  know  God  will 
give  me  strength  if  I  ask  Him,  but  I  do  not  want  to  ask  Him  because  He 
answers.  You  know  me,"  he  said,  "you  know  what  a  heavy  drinker  I 
was,  and  you  also  know,  because  the  whole  world  is  talking  about  it, 
that  I  have  given  up  beer  forever.  One  day,  or,frather,  one  evening,  hav- 
ing drunk  too  much,  I  quarreled  with  one  of  my  subjects,  who  was  also 
drunk,  and  he  knocked  me  down.  It  was  a  great  humiliation.  My  coun- 
selors told  me  to  make  him  to  pay  a  fine — one  of  his  oxen.  I  could  not 
agree  with  them,  and  I  went  into  my  hut,  called  Ma-Nhalla,  and  together 
we  asked  God  to  give  me  strength  to  give  up  beer.  He  heard  the  prayer, 
and  since  then  I  have  not  drunk.  You  see  He  hears,  and  because  I  do 
not  want  to  leave  my  six  wives  I  do  not  like  to  talk  to  Him  about  it." 
And  the  old  chief  died  in  this  condition  toward  the  end  of  1900. 

The  way  in  which  an  out-station  comes  to  be  formed  is  interesting. 
A  daily  complaint  heard  from  the  mouths  of  the  Basutos,  living  some 
fifteen  or  twenty  miles  from  any  place  of  worship,  is  something  as  fol- 
lows :  "Hello,  father!  we  live  just  like  the  gazelles.  When  will  you 
begin  to  remember  that  we  are  men  and  give  us  an  evangelist  ?  "  The 
chief  generally  presents  himself  as  an  interpreter  of  what  he  calls  "  the 
tears  of  the  people."  Some  fine  day  he  will  again  come  and  establish 
himself  at  the  station.  "Hello,  there!  when  are  our  fathers  going  to 
think  about  us  ?  See  here,  your  sheep  have  the  mange,  and  you  do  not 
send  any  one  to  wash  them;  they  are  thirsty,  and  nobody  comes  to  show 
them  to  the  spring;  they  are  growing  thin  and  need  salt,  but  they  have 
nothing  to  lick  except  salty  earth,  which  will  make  them  swell  up  and 
burst." 

"All  right;  your  fathers  have  seen  your  tears,  and  the  Conference 
has  authorized  me  to  comfort  you.    Are  you  ready  ?  " 

"Yes  ;  we  have  got  a  hut  for  you,  and  some  day  we  hope  there  will 
be  a  better  one.  It  is  a  very  nice  place,  with  a  spring  of  water,  which 
bubbles  up  close  by." 

"Very  good  ;  Wednesday  we  will  be  there." 

Accordingly  we  go,  attended  by  two  or  three  evangelists  and  two  or 
three  delegates  of*  the  Conference.  The  chief  has  called  together  his  peo- 
ple, and  a  meeting  is  held.  First,  there  is  a  prayer,  then  an  explanation 
is  made,  and  an  introduction  of  the  future  evangelist.    "That  is  what  we 


378 


THE  MISSIONARY  REYIETT  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


want,"  says  the  chief,  and  he  expresses  his  gratitude,  beginning,  of  course, 
with  the  fathers  who  live  in  Paris. 

The  bravest  men  of  the  crowd  then  remark  that  they  hope  that  this 
evangelist  will  bring  nothing  but  blessings,  and  that  he  will  not  bother 
them  too  much  about  their  pagan  customs.  The  future  evangelist,  who, 
in  his  humility,  had  compared  himself  with  a  scarecrow  which  they  set 
up  in  the  fields  to  frighten  away  birds  that  would  eat  the  grain,  now  feels 
that  it  is  his  duty  to  get  on  his  feet  again,  and  he  tells  them  that  under 
the  old  rags  of  the  scarecrow  they  will  find,  if  occasion  arises,  a  lively 
boy,  who  will  not  be  at  all  afraid  to  shoot  stones  at  the  birds  with  his 
catapult  if  it  is  necessary.    Let  him  that  has  ears  hear. 

Then  there  is  singing  and  there  is  praying,  and  the  meeting  sepa- 
rates, in  order  to  gather  together  again  a  little  farther  on  around  a  great 
native  dish,  from  which  arises  the  curling  steam  of  an  immense  piece  of 
meat. 

This  is  about  the  way  things  went  in  1892,  for  instance,  at  the  new 
out-station  of  Mafina.  The  evangelist  went  there  with  his  family,  at  the 
beginning  having  no  one  at  the  church  service  but  a  single  old  woman, 
and  no  one  in  the  catechumen's  class  but  one  young  girl,  and  she  was  his 
own  sister.  One  day  he  had  the  grief  to  lose  one  of  his  children.  Not  a 
single  man  could  be  found  among  the  natives  whom  he  was  trying  to 
evangelize,  who  would  consent  to  help  him  dig  the  grave — not  from 
hatred,  but  from  simple  superstition.  He  actually  had  to  have  Christian 
young  men  sent  to  him,  who  lived  fifteen  miles  away,  in  order  to  help 
him  render  the  last  offices  to  his  child. 

Nevertheless,  the  soil  was  stirred  in  every  direction  as  time  went  on. 
Ground  which  is  sown  in  tears  can  not  smother  the  life  of  the  seed  which 
is  swelling  within  its  bosom.  One  day  a  man  gave  himself  to  God,  moved 
by  a  reason  apparently  childish.  He  had  met  a  great  serpent,  and,  hav- 
ing killed  it,  he  still  pounded  and  pounded  to  crush  its  head.  Then,  as 
he  went  on  his  way,  he  remembered  what  the  evangelist  had  read  one 
day  in  the  book  of  Genesis,  "I  will  put  enmity  between  thee  and  the 
woman,  and  between  thy  seed  and  her  seed  ;  and  he  shall  bruise  thy 
head,  and  thou  shalt  bruise  his  heel."  Then  he  said  to  himself:  "Why, 
that  is  true;  and  if  the  whites  are  enemies  to  the  serpent,  just  as  we  are, 
it  is  because  their  heart  is  made  just  like  ours,  and  they  have  exactly  the 
same  needs  as  we.  I  will  go  and  see  the  evangelist."  Another  happened 
to  be  overtaken  by  a  snow-storm  in  1902,  and  was  forced  to  pass  the  night 
under  a  great  rock,  which  formed  a  sort  of  shelter.  It  was  a  terrible 
night.  After  several  hours  he  aroused  himself,  and  found  that  he  was 
completely  shut  in  by  deep  snow.  The  place  where  he  was  seemed  to 
him  no  longer  a  shelter,  but  a  tomb.  With  his  staff  he  succeeded  in 
piercing  the  thick  snow,  and  he  could  see  that  the  sun  was  shining  bril- 
liantly outside.  A  bird  came  in  through  this  opening  and  fell  at  his  feet. 
This  gave  the  man  new  courage,  and,  without  knowing  how,  he  came  to 
his  knees  and  cried  to  God  in  his  anguish.  When  at  last  he  was  able  to 
get  out  of  that  place,  his  first  visit  was  to  the  evangelist.  He  carried  a 
dish  of  Indian  corn  as  a  token  of  gratitude  for  his  deliverance,  and,  bet- 
ter than  this,  he  carried  a  heart  decided  to  follow  Jesus  Christ. 

In  1903,  ten  years  after  it  was  first  opened,  this  out-station  had  some 
thirty  church-members,  all  grown  up  out  of  paganism,  and  in  that  year 
we  received  at  one  time  by  baptism  fourteen  persons  more.  At  the  same 
time  we  consecrated  a  little  temporary  chapel,  built  by  the  Christians 
themselves  at  great  cost  of  labor.  The  evangelist,  with  the  light  of  joy 
upon  his  face,  was  saying,  "Well,  God  lives,  and  He  knows  how  to  bring 
the  dead  to  life.  God  lives /"  and  he  had  never  heard  how  Luther  got 
control  over  the  troubles  of  his  heart  by  scratching  with  a  penknife  on 
his  table  the  single  word,  "  Vivit  ! "  (He  lives  !) 


1905] 


EDITORIALS 


379 


EDITORIALS 

SHARING   THE  CROSS 

Even  the  non-ritualistic  churches  have  felt  the  influence  of  the  lenten 
season,  now  gloriously  consummated  in  the  Eastertide.  There  is  a  pro- 
priety in  walking  softly  in  the  remembered  days  of  our  Savior's  death  as 
in  such  sacred  anniversaries  in  our  domestic  life.  But  what  about  the 
other  days  ?  Is  there  to  be  no  sacrifice,  no  remembrance  of  the  shadows, 
no  holy  seriousness  in  all  the  days  ?    What  about  the  days  at  hand  ? 

It  is  true  that  our  Lord  suffered  once  for  all  in  the  sacrifice  of  the 
cross,  and  there  remaineth  no  more  sacrifice  for  sin.  We  have  our 
High  Priest,  and  He  has  made  the  offering.  But  how  about  His  work 
that  is  now  going  forward  in  the  world  ?  How  about  the  self-denial  and 
self -giving  of  His  followers,  who  have  taken  upon  themselves  lowliness 
and  meager  support  and  bitter  warfare  against  such  odds  as  many  of  us 
little  imagine  in  the  purlieus  of  heathenism,  where  the  very  atmosphere 
is  poisonous  to  the  body,  and  much  more  poisonous  to  the  mind  and  soul  ? 

Does  not  this  call  for  a  continuance  of  the  lenten  spirit  ?  Most  cer- 
tainly it  does.  Shall  we  who  remain  at  home  allow  our  own  comrades 
at  the  front  to  bear  all  the  hardships,  and  not  be  ready  to  enter  with 
them  into  the  way  of  self-denial  ? 

Count  Inouye,  one  of  the  nobles  of  Japan,  came  last  autumn  to  his 
seventieth  birthday.  It  had  been  his  custom  to  celebrate  his  birthday 
with  a  garden  fete  in  his  beautiful  grounds  at  Azaba.  This  year  he  in- 
formed his  friends  that  he  could  give  them  no  celebration.  When  they 
insisted  on  coming  together,  about  one  hundred  of  them,  to  do  him  honor, 
he  provided  no  collation  and  none  of  the  customary  entertainments. 
Speaking  to  them,  he  said:  "  In  consideration  of  the  hardships  our  coun- 
trymen are  undergoing  in  the  field,  I  have  felt  precluded  from  inviting 
my  friends  to  join  me  in  the  autumn  cup  of  kindness.  I  have  devoted 
all  the  cost  of  this  entertainment  to  comforts  for  the  Port  Arthur 
besiegers."  Is  it  surprising  that  instantly  more  than  ten  thousand  yen 
were  subscribed  for  the  comfort  of  the  soldiers  ? 

We  have  our  army  investing  mightier  fortresses  than  Port  Arthur — 
fortresses  of  caste,  fortresses  of  lust,  fortresses  of  covetousness,  fortresses 
of  ignorance,  fortresses  of  proud  and  haughty  unbelief.  They  are  attack- 
ing heroically,  indomitably,  successfully.  Shall  the  Christians  at  home 
be  giving  themselves  to  luxuries  and  pleasures  and  idle  delights  ?  Is  there 
not  a  cross  for  all  to  share  ?  There  most  certainly  is.  We  should  be  all 
one,  at  the  front,  at  home.  We  may  inspire  those  at  the  front  with  our 
self-denial  at  home.  When  they  feel  this  thrill,  when  the  Church,  to- 
gether at  home  and  abroad,  takes  up  this  task  of  repelling  the  aggres- 
sions of  the  evil  forces  of  this  world,  it  will  be  irresistible. 


GOD'S  GOLD 

The  contribution  by  Mr.  John  D.  Rockefeller  of  $100, 000  to  the  Amer- 
ican Board  has  raised  an  outcry  of  penetrating  force  which  bids  fair  to 
acquire  considerable  volume.  Ministers  in  Boston  and  the  vicinity  have 
protested  against  the  acceptance  of  this  money  for  missionary  uses.  The 
reasons  given  are:  (a)  that  Mr.  Rockefeller  stands  at  the  head  of  the 
Standard  Oil  Company,  which  is  under  recent  and  formidable  indict- 
ments for  methods  "morally  iniquitous  and  socially  destructive";  (6) 


380 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


that,  therefore,  acceptance  or  the  gift  exposes  the  Board  to  the  charge  of 
ignoring  the  "moral  issues  involved";  and  (c)  that  the  acceptance  of  such 
a  gift  involves  the  constituents  of  the  Board  in  a  relation  implying  honor 
to  the  donor. 

We  would  not  take  anything  from  the  proper  force  of  this  protest. 
It  is  the  impulsive  outcry  of  men  who  are  both  honest  and  tender- 
hearted, against  dishonest  business  methods  and  callous  violations  of  the 
second  greatest  commandment  of  the  new  covenant.  We  are  bound  to 
ask,  however,  whether  it  meets  a  real  need.  Remember  that  it  is  not 
dealing  with  the  question  of  soliciting  gifts,  but  receiving  them.  Noth- 
ing is  said  about  solicitation — a  far  more  dubious  ground. 

Is  it  true  chat  receipt  of  a  contribution  to  a  missionary  fund  brings 
the  administrators  of  the  fund  into  the  relation  of  paying  honor  to  the 
giver  ?  Have  we  not  here  a  failure  to  note  the  profound  difference,  as 
regards  relations  to  the  giver,  between  the  man  who  takes  a  gift  for  him- 
self and  the  man  who  takes  charge  of  a  gift  merely  as  a  trustee  ?  Let  us 
not  class  the  officers  and  members  of  our  missionary  societies  in  the  same 
category  with  grafters  or  even  with  restaurant  waiters. 

Moreover,  is  it  not  an  assumption  to  declare  that  the  acceptance  of 
money  for  God's  uses  "involves  a  moral  issue  "  when  the  money  is  paid 
into  the  treasure-chest  of  our  Lord  by  a  bad  man  ?  If  this  is  true,  the 
Rockefeller  case  does  not  stand  by  itself.  Every  dollar  thrown  upon  the 
plate  mvist  be  scrutinized,  and  its  pedigree  searched  out  by  the  adminis- 
trators of  church  and  benevolent  funds. 

The  practise  of  our  Lord  is  to  the  point  here.  When  Jesus  Christ 
sent  out  his  first  missionaries  He  gave  them  instructions  which  in  those 
days  implied  the  support  of  the  mission  by  gifts  from  men  of  all  charac- 
ters. Rich  men  cast  their  gifts  into  the  treasury,  but  Jesus  gave  no  hint 
of  revulsion  from  the  act  as  staining  God's  treasure-chest  with  phari- 
saism  or  other  crimes.  The  source  of  the  gift  did  not  affect  Him,  but  the 
niggardliness  of  the  rich  giver  did.  His  lesson  was  not  that  the  money 
of  the  bad  rich  man  should  be  thrown  out  of  God's  treasury,  but  that 
more  of  it  should  have  been  thrown  in.  When  men,  notorious  for  grind- 
ing the  faces  of  the  poor,  gave  Him  dinners,  others  protested.  But  He 
did  not  change  His  course.  He  rebuked  the  short-sightedness  which 
could  not  see  that  publicans  and  sinners  are  worth  saving,  and  are  not 
proper  subjects  for  a  boycott  declared  by  servants  of  God.  When  He  was 
teaching  men  who  give  money  for  God's  uses  the  bearing  of  their  own 
sins  upon  the  act,  He  told  them  to  go  and  redress  the  wrong  that  tainted 
their  benevolences.  But  their  wrong-doing  had  no  effect  in  His  eyes 
upon  the  substance  of  the  gift.  That  was  to  remain  before  the  altar  in 
any  case. 

Let  us  not  lay  upon  the  shoulders  of  our  brethren  of  the  missionary 
societies  any  burden  that  our  Master  did  not  impose,  and  that  they  will 
not  be  able  to  bear,  if  they  are  to  attend  to  any  other  matters  whatever 
than  to  see  that  holy  people  only  give  money  to  support  missions. 

A  truth  constantly  enforced  upon  us  is  that  riches  belong  to  God, 
and  that  a  rich  man,  "will  he  nill  he,"  can  never  be  more  than  a  steward 
of  what  belongs  to  God.  "The  silver  is  mine  and  the  gold  is  mine," 
saith  Jehovah  of  Hosts.  We  either  believe  this,  or  we  do  not.  If  we  be- 
lieve it,  when  any  man,  whosoever  he  be,  gives  money  to  God,  we  are 
forced  to  rejoice  that  God  has  received  back  His  own,  to  be  used  at  last 
for  holy  and  Godly  purposes. 


1905] 


EDITORIALS 


381 


MONEY  FOR  EDUCATION  IN  THE  ORIENT 

One  effect  of  controversy  over  the  gift  of  Mr.  Rockefeller  will  be,  for 
a  time  at  least,  to  discourage  wealthy  men  from  giving  largely  to  relig- 
ious objects.  The  dispute  will  confirm  some  careful  givers,  too,  in  a 
prevalent  but  pernicious  idea  that  secular  benevolences,  as  compared 
with  those  usually  classed  as  religious,  are  a  safer  investment. 

This  is  a  risky  time  to  touch  upon  needs  in  missions  at  home  and 
abroad  which  clamor  for  attention.  One  of  the  assumptions  of  the  attack 
upon  the  American  Board  for  taking  Mr.  Rockefeller's  money  is  that  its 
officers  have  been  blinded  by  needs  in  the  mission  field  to  the  extent  of 
letting  money  relief  bribe  their  consciences.  Nevertheless,  braving  the 
dangers  of  speech  at  such  a  time,  we  must  say  what  we  had  in  mind 
before  discussion  of  the  Rockefeller  gift  became  hot.  This  gift,  if  received, 
is  one  whose  permanent  influence  will  be  beneficent,  and  that  to  a  degree 
impossible  to  forecast  or  even  adequately  to  suggest.  It  is  generally 
admitted  that  endowment  of  universities  and  colleges  in  the  home  land 
is  a  perpetuation  of  influences  of  enormous  importance  to  the  nation. 
But  men  do  not  know  that  the  colleges  of  the  mission  field  are  doing  a 
work  of  international  importance  because  they  are  preparing  a  bridge 
between  Orient  and  Occident,  and  of  far-reaching  beneficence  because 
they  are  free  from  taint  of  foolish  philosophies  which  sterilize  instruc- 
tion in  the  purely  Oriental  universities. 

As  with  the  colleges,  so  with  the  publishing  establishments  of  mis- 
sions in  non-Christian  lands.  There  is  neither  stimulating  nor  even  safe 
general  literature  in  those  lands.  The  general  literature  issued  by  such 
societies  as  the  S.  D.  K.  in  China  and  the  Christian  Literature  Society 
in  India,  and  by  some  of  the  more  important  mission  presses  in  India, 
China,  Japan,  and  Turkey  is  an  educating  force  that  counts  for  progress 
as  well,  being  read  far  beyond  the  limits  of  any  Christian  community. 

It  is  time  for  all  almoners  of  wealth  in  America  to  see  this  point. 
By  endowing  colleges  and  general  publishing  houses  in  the  mission  fields 
they  may  shape  the  future  of  nations;  for  these  establishments  are  form- 
ing young  men  who  are  some  day  to  lead  in  the  councils  of  their  people. 
Furthermore,  the  mere  fact  of  such  disinterested  munificence  is  an  edu- 
cation to  wealthy  Orientals  on  the  uses  of  money.  It  deeply  undermines 
the  Asiatic  idea  that  the  only  possible  use  of  wealth  is  as  an  instrument 
of  selfishness — of  ambition,  of  ostentation,  of  debauchery,  with  an  occa- 
sional work  of  merit  like  a  temple  or  a  fountain  put  up  as  an  anchor  to 
windward  worth  trying. 

We  hope  that  many  who  have  great  possessions  will  take  in  hand  the 
endowment  of  these  important  educational  enterprises  of  the  mission 
field. 


THE  NEW  LITERATURE  IN  CHINA 

The  educated  and  official  class  in  China  will  play  an  important  part 
in  shaping  the  results  of  the  strange  awakening  lately  seen  in  the  great 
empire.  Now  these  educated  men  seem  to  turn  to  the  West  for  knowl- 
edge. They  think  on  the  question,  What  has  made  Christendom  great? 
Missionaries  have  told  them  that  Christ  has  done  it.  Others  tell  them 
that  Christ  had  nothing  to  do  with  it.  These  thinking  men  are  investi- 
gating.   They  do  not  learn  much  about  Christian  principle,  for  they  do 


382 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


not  read  the  colloquial  language  of  the  masses,  which  is  the  medium  of  a 
great  part  of  the  missionary  teaching.  They  regard  the  classic  literary 
language  as  the  only  channel  through  which  worthy  knowledge  can  reach 
them.  Missionaries  in  general  are  not  at  home  in  the  classic  language, 
but  writers  of  materialistic  literature  are.  So  a  great  flood  of  quasi-scien- 
tific, materialistic  literature  in  the  classic  literary  Chinese  has  been  one 
of  the  facts  of  Chinese  history  during  the  last  two  or  three  years.  This 
quasi-scientific  literature  threatens  to  possess  the  souls  of  the  educated 
men  who  shape  public  opinion.  The  ordinary  preaching  missionary  can 
do  little  to  check  its  partisan  sway,  for,  as  a  general  thing,  he  does  not 
know  the  language  in  which  it  is  written.  Books  of  general  literature 
written  from  a  Christian  standpoint  and  in  the  classic-literary  style  are 
a  pressing  need  of  the  times  in  China.  To-day  all  the  official  class  in  the 
eighteen  provinces  eagerly  read  such  books.  To-morrow  they  may  have 
read  up  all  that  have  been  published,  and,  no  new  ones  being  put  out,  the 
anti-Christian  books  of  science  may  therefore  be  expected  to  gain  the 
day.  This  will  end  the  present  opportunity  for  getting  Christian  ideas 
into  the  minds  of  the  governing  classes. 

Meanwhile  there  is  a  great  call  for  men  to  save  souls  by  preaching  in 
the  colloquial.  It  is  only  natural  that  the  missions  hesitate,  even  if  they 
have  men  who  have  thoroughly  mastered  the  classic-literary  language 
to  set  them  apart  for  the  indirect  evangelization  that  can  not  be  expected 
to  make  immediate  return  in  baptisms.  Out  of  some  three  thousand 
missionaries,  men  and  women,  in  China  the  number  can  be  counted  on 
the  fingers  who  are  giving  time  and  thought  to  influencing  the  makers  of 
public  opinion  through  general  literature  of  Christian  quality.  Three  of 
these  missionaries,  Allen,  Sadler,  and  Cornaby,  are  editors  of  Chinese 
newspapers  of  great  influence.  But  the  time  and  the  opportunity  for 
such  work  is  slipping  by. 

We  make  these  remarks  for  the  sake  of  calling  attention  to  the  work 
of  the  Society  for  the  Diffusion  of  Christian  and  General  Knowledge 
among  the  Chinese.  The  "  S.  D.  K.,"  as  this  society  is  called,  has  done  a 
great  work.  It  now  has  the  ear  of  all  provincial  potentates  in  China;  it 
has  won  almost  all  governors  to  friendliness  to  missionaries.  But  through 
lack  of  funds  it  has  published  during  six  months  no  new  books  in  Chinese. 
And  the  opportunity  to  win  the  day  against  materialism  among  the  edu- 
cated classes  is  slipping  away,  and  will  not  return  again. 

In  this  hour  of  crisis  the  Church  everywhere  should  open  its  eyes 
"  to  see  the  forest  as  well  as  individual  shrubs  in  the  forest."  It  should 
find  support  to  offer  to  this  effort  to  produce  a  national  Chinese  litera- 
ture. That  S.  D.  K.  Society  needs  our  prayers — and  it  needs  some  share, 
also,  of  our  gold. 


MISSIONARY  EXHIBITS 

A  need  exists  for  a  special  periodical  devoted  to  keeping  tab  on 
the  new  things  worth  seeing  in  New  York.  Last  year,  when  so  many 
classes  were  studying  missions  in  China,  a  suitable  exhibit  of  articles 
illustrating  Chinese  life  would  have  attracted  many  visitors.  The  China 
studies  have  come  to  an  end,  but  it  is  not  too  late  to  take  a  look  at  the 
household  furniture,  the  workmen's  tools,  the  dresses,  shoes,  hats,  and 
robes  of  children  and  grown  people,  the  queer  kitchen  utensils  and 
queerer  provisions  of  the  storeroom,  and  the  things  queerer  yet  found 


1905] 


EDITORIALS 


383 


in  druggists'  stores  and  in  the  temples  of  that  strange  country.  All 
these  things  are  to  be  seen  in  the  new  Chinese  Hall  in  the  Ethnological 
Section  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Seventy-seventh 
Street  and  Columbus  Avenue,  Manhattan.  A  broad-minded  gentleman 
provided  the  museum  with  the  means,  and  his  generous  purpose  has 
been  admirably  carried  out  in  the  large  and  valuable  collection  which  fills 
the  great  hall.  Any  interested  in  the  study  of  Chinese  life  who  are 
within  reach  of  New  York  will  find  that  this  one  hall  alone  repays  the 
trouble  of  a  visit.  Adjoining  the  Chinese  Hall  are  collections  illustrating 
life  in  different  countries  in  South  America,  which  are  also  very  inter- 
esting. 

The  Bureau  of  Missions  has  now  completed  arrangements  with  the 
Ethnological  Section  of  the  museum  by  which  the  Ecumenical  Conference 
exhibit  of  life  in  the  mission  fields  will  be  given  suitable  space  as  soon 
as  the  articles  can  be  classified,  labeled,  and  the  collection  somewhat 
enlarged.  The  museum  will  place  in  its  books  of  information  for 
visitors  notes  about  the  missionary  societies  whose  fields  are  illustrated 
in  the  exhibit,  so  that  students  of  missions  can  readily  identify  the 
particular  section  they  most  desire  to  see.  Later,  when  the  work  of 
classification  has  far  enough  advanced  for  intelligent  action,  portable 
exhibits  from  the  different  missionary  lands  will  be  kept  packed  in 
boxes,  which  the  Bureau  of  Missions  will  be  able  to  loan  to  missionary 
conferences  of  any  of  the  denominations  without  other  cost  than  that 
of  transportation.  Due  notice  will  be  given  as  soon  as  the  collections 
representing  the  different  countries  become  available  for  this  purpose. 
This  arrangement  will  prove  economical,  and  by  the  use  of  a  little 
foresight  by  those  who  apply  for  the  exhibits,  it  will  be  found  quite 
practicable.  Since  the  articles  are  to  be  cared  for  at  the  museum  by  a 
staff  of  experienced  men,  there  is  no  danger  of  the  whole  enterprise 
suddenly  falling  to  pieces  at  any  time.  The  Bureau  of  Missions  pays  the 
museum  quite  a  sum  for  this  service,  and  there  is  now  opportunity 
for  liberal-minded  persons  to  benefit  the  whole  cause  of  missions  by  sup- 
plementary gifts  especially  designated  to  enlarge  the  permanent  exhibit 
as  well  as  the  scope  of  the  portable  exhibits  which  are  to  be  loaned. 


THE  GREAT  AWAKENINGS  AT  HOME  AND  ABROAD 

The  Spirit  of  God  is  not  limited  by  time,  race,  or  social  conditions,  but 
only  by  unbelief  or  disobedience.  Recently  the  good  news  of  the  increas- 
ing signs  of  spiritual  life  has  been  flashing  from  many  quarters  of  the 
globe.  The  news  of  the  revival  in  Wales  is  followed  by  word  of  an 
awakening  in  Burma;  a  revival  in  Colorado,  and  also  in  Bulgaria;  again 
in  California,  and  in  Jaro,  the  Philippine  Islands;  then  an  awakening  in 
Pittsburgh,  and  another  in  Central  Africa;  another  in  Schenectady,  and 
one  in  Central  India;  likewise  in  Kentucky  and  in  Madagascar.  Truly 
we  are  not  ashamed  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  for  it  is  the  power  of 
God  unto  salvation  to  every  one  that  believeth,  to  the  American,  the 
Welsh,  and  also  to  the  African  or  Asiatic. 


384 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


BOOKS  FOR  THE  MISSIONARY  LIBRARY 


The  Blue  Book  of  Missions  for  1905. 
Edited  by  Rev.  II.  O.  Dwight.  10mo,  242 
pp.   $1.00,  net.   Funk  &  Wagnalls  Co. 

The  Bureau  of  Missions,  in  a 
variety  of  ways,  is  rapidly  justify- 
ing its  existence,  and  making  a  large 
place  for  itself  in  the  missionary 
thought  and  activity  of  the  time. 
And  a  notable  part  of  its  planning 
and  endeavor  is  found  in  a  "Blue 
Book"  designed  to  appear  annu- 
ally. An  experiment  in  a  small 
way  was  made  last  year,  but  the 
present  volume  constitutes  a  much 
more  extensive  undertaking.  It  is 
nothing  less  than  a  veritable  mine 
of  missionary  information.  Three 
general  divisions  are  made  of  the 
matters  included.  First  comes 
"The  Fields,"  in  which  is  viewed 
the  evangelizing  work  in  the  vari- 
ous continents  and  islands;  facts 
are  given  as  to  area,  population, 
religions,  societies  at  work,  the 
nnmber  of  workers,  converts,  etc. 
Part  second  presents  facts  relating 
to  the  "  Missionary  Societies,"  in- 
cluding names,  headquarters,  offi- 
cers, fields,  publications,  income, 
converts,  etc.  Part  three  is  en- 
titled "Miscellaneous  Notes,"  and 
gives  a  table  of  important  events 
in  missionary  history,  training- 
schools,  recent  books,  with  several 
pages  setting  forth  the  activity  of 
the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  etc. 

Nowhere  else  is  it  possible  to  find 
such  an  array  of  facts,  in  so  small 
a  compass,  to  be  had  at  such  slight 
cost.  Being  in  an  annual  publica- 
tion, the  facts  presented  are  almost 
certain  to  be  up  to  date. 

Uganda's  Katikero  in  England.  By  his 
secretary,  Ham  Mukasa.  Translated  and 
edited  by  Rev.  Ernest  Miller,  M.A.  8vo. 
Illustrated.  lO.s,  Gd,  net.  Hutchinson  & 
Co.,  London.  1904. 

With  Ham  Mukasa's  help,  we 
"see  ourselves  as  others  see  us." 
The  author  is  a  Christian  who  ac- 
companied the  Uganda  Prime  Min- 
ister to  England  to  attend  the  in- 


auguration of  King  Edward  VII. 
He  gives  his  impressions  of  Euro- 
pean things  and  ways  in  a  most  in- 
teresting and  uniq ue  manner.  The 
descriptions  are  picturesque  in  the 
extreme,  but  Ham  Mukasa  contin- 
ually laments  his  inability  to  find 
language  in  which  to  express  what 
he  sees.  He  labors  under  the  same 
difficulty  as  is  found  in  expressing 
Divine  truth  in  human  language. 
Ham  Mukasa  begs  his  readers  not 
to  think  him  a  liar  because  he 
seems  to  tell  such  wonderful  tales 
as  when  he  describes  the  size  of 
British  steamers,  the  distance  Brit- 
ish cannon  can  fire  heavy  shot,  the 
revelations  of  the  microscope,  the 
feats  of  English  conjurors,  etc. 
His  names  for  various  things  are 
striking— Parliament,  "the  Pala- 
ver House  ";  a  picture  gallery,  the 
"house  of  remembrance";  the 
channel  steamer  which  went  "  like 
a  galloping  horse,"  etc. 

There  is  a  touch  of  humor  in  the 
narrative  and  a  tone  of  refine- 
ment. Mukasa  mentions  casually 
having  morning  prayer  with  the 
Prime  Minister,  and  shows  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  Bible  which  would  put 
many  of  us  to  shame.  The  author 
is  shocked  at  European  dances  and 
some  pictures  in  European  galler- 
ies. On  the  whole,  however,  he 
admires  the  English  for  their  kind- 
ness and  bravery. 

The  book  gives  an  excellent  idea 
of  the  type  of  intelligent  Christian 
produced  by  the  Gospel  of  Christ 
in  Uganda. 

Japan  for  Juniors.  A  companion  pamph- 
let to  "China  for  Juniors. "  By  Miss 
Katharine  R.  Crowell.  20  cents.  The 
Woman's  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of 
the  Presbyterian  Church,  New  York. 

This  is  an  attractive  illustrated 
study  for  children,  with  suggestive 
programs  and  other  hints  for  lead- 
ers. It  can  be  used  in  Sunday- 
schools  and  junior  societies  to  good 
purpose.  The  country,  the  history, 
the  present  condition,  boy  and  girl 
life,  religion,  and  missions  are  all 
briefly  described  in  64  pages. 


1905J 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


385 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


AMERICA 
Outlook  for  There  are  9,204,531 
the  Freedmen  negroes  in  the 
United  States,  in- 
cluding Porto  Rico  and  Hawaii. 
Nine-tenths  of  them  live  in  the 
South — one-third  of  its  population. 
Seventy-seven  per  cent,  work  on 
746,000  farms,  of  which  21  per  cent, 
are  absolutely,  and  4  per  cent,  par- 
tially, owned  by  negroes.  There 
are  21,000  negro  carpenters,  20,000 
barbers,  and  nearly  as  many  doc- 
tors, 16,000  ministers,  15,000 
masons,  12,000  dressmakers,  10,000 
engineers  and  firemen,  5,0C0  shoe- 
makers, 4,000  musicians,  2,000  ac- 
tors and  showmen,  and  1,000  law- 
yers. Since  1890  negro  illiteracy 
has  sunk  from  57  to  44.5  per  cent. 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  The  American 
Work  for  Young  Men's 
Students  Christian  Associa- 
tions have  now  721 
student  organizations.  Of  these 
51  are  in  theological  colleges,  3  in 
law  colleges,  65  in  medical  and  den- 
tal colleges,  309  in  university  or  art 
colleges,  125  in  technological,  mili- 
tary and  naval  colleges,  and  168  in 
academies,  and  other  preparatory 
schools.  The  total  membership  of 
professors  and  students  is  over  17,- 
000,  and  there  are  not  less  than 
160,000  young  men  and  boys  in  in- 
stitutions where  organizations  are 
found. 

Large  Sums    The  American  Bap- 
Wanted  for     tist  Missionary 
Baptist  Missions  Union,  through  its 
officers    and  com- 
mittees, is  endeavoring  to  raise  an 
endowment  fund  of  $500,000  for 
its  work  in  foreign  lands.  One- 
half  of  this  sum  has  already  been 
given  or  pledged.     Thus  far  the 
union  has  invested  less  than  $100,- 
000  in  permanent  funds  for  its  mis- 
sionary work,  while  other  denom- 
inations have  four  and  five  times  as 


much.  It  is  to  strengthen  the 
educational  and  evangelical  part  of 
the  work  that  the  society  now 
appeals  for  a  larger  endowment. 

The  Utah  During  the  last 
Gospel  Mission  three  years  this 
efficient  weapon 
against  Mormonism  has  been 
wielded  by  Rev.  J.  D.  Nutting  and 
his  assistants,  at  a  total  cost  of 
$23,000  from  the  beginning.  Gos- 
pel wagons  are  in  use,  with  devoted 
men  receiving  no  salary,  traveling 
up  and  down  through  Utah  and 
Idaho,  winter  and  summer  alike, 
carrying  the  message  of  deliver- 
ance from  Mormonism  and  salva- 
tion from  sin.  Up  to  January  1, 
1905,  they  had  traveled  about  5,400 
miles  in  the  wagons,  in  a  district 
extending  550  by  250  miles,  making 
about  56,000  family  calls  in  382  set- 
tlements, holding  307  Gospel  meet- 
ings, with  about  37,000  people  pres- 
ent, and  carefully  using  nearly 
4,000,000  pages  (about  2  tons)  of 
literature  specially  prepared  for  the 
purpose.  About  270  of  the  382 
places  were  entirely  destitute  of 
Christian  work;  scores  of  them 
never  had  had  a  Christian  service 
before,  tho  settled  forty  or  fifty 
years. 

How  Rev.  J.  P.  William- 

Heathenism  is   son  writes  in  the 
Passing  Away  Assembly  Herald: 
Among  the         "  Among  the  Da- 
Sioux        kota  Indians  there 
are  27  Presbyterian 
churches  and  the  twenty-eighth  is 
to  be  organized  in  a  few  days.  In 
these  churches  are  a  little  over  1,500 
communicants,  and  there  are  about 
as  many  more  non-communicant 
members.     As    there    are  25,000 
Dakota    Indians    in    the  United 
States,  nearly  1  in  8  of  them  is  a 
Presbyterian.     There   are  about 
two-thirds  as  many  Congregation- 
alists,  about  twice  as  many  Epis- 


386 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


eopalian.-,  and  about  twice  as  many 
Catholics.  So  we  see  that  more 
than  half  the  Dakotas  have  been 
baptized  in  the  name  of  the  Triune 
God.  Seventy  years  ago  there  was 
not  a  church  among  them.  They 
were  all  polytheistic  pagans.  One 
who  knew  what  they  were  could 
see  the  signs  of  pagan  worship 
about  every  tepee:  it  might  be 
the  medicine  sack  tied  to  a  stake 
behind  the  tepee,  or  it  might  be  a 
yard  of  broadcloth  adorned  with 
ribbons  floating  from  the  top  of  a 
flagpole  as  a  sacrifice  to  a  deity." 

A  Flood  A  Berlin  despatch 
of  Stundists  reports,  on  the  au- 
Coming'  thority  of  a  news- 
paper of  that  city, 
that  200,000  Russian  Stundists  are 
preparing  to  emigrate  to  Canada. 
The  Stundists  are  a  Russian  relig- 
ious community  originating,  it  is 
said,  about  the  year  1860.  They 
are  distinctly  Protestant  and  evan- 
gelical, and  as  such,  of  course,  out- 
side the  pale  of  the  orthodox  Greek 
Church.  Their  views  and  prac- 
tises, we  believe,  coincide  to  a  con- 
siderable extent  with  those  of  Bap- 
tists. For  a  long  period  after  1870 
the  Russian  Stundists  were  harshly 
persecuted  by  the  government,  but 
they  remained  faithful  to  their 
convictions,  and  are  said  to  have 
increased  considerably  in  numbers. 
Of  recent  years  little  has  been  heard 
regarding  the  community,  but  from 
their  resolution  to  emigrate  it  may 
be  inferred  that  they  are  still  the 
objects  of  government  ill-will. 

Mexican  Girls  A  Puebla,  Mexico, 
as  Missionaries  missionary  writes 
in  Woman's  Mis- 
sionary Friend:  "The  girls  have 
returned  from  a  vacation  whose 
watchwork  was  'Activity.'  One 
told  of  her  efforts  to  establish  a 
Sunday-school  of  village  children. 
She  had  success  for  two  Sundays, 
and  then  came  opposition:  the  re- 
fusal of  parents  to  allow  their  chil- 


dren to  attend,  and  afterward  the 
stoning  of  her  house.  A  second, 
a  daughter  of  parents  who  were 
faithful  to  Christ,  through  great 
persecution,  spent  her  vacation 
'lending  a  hand.'  She  organized 
a  missionary  society  of  village 
women,  and  taught  a  number  of 
them  to  read  and  write.  Another, 
a  little  eight-year-old,  was  found  to 
be  surreptitiously  teaching  a  ser- 
vant to  write,  the  servant  being 
the  mother  of  a  family." 

An  Episcopal  The  Board  of  Mis- 
Mission  in  sions  of  the  Protes- 
Panama  tant  Episcopal 
Church  reports  that 
the  canal  zone  at  Panama  has  been 
put  under  the  care  of  the  presiding 
bishop,  with  power  to  appoint  an 
episcopal  commissary,  and  with 
instructions  to  arrange  with  the 
Bishop  of  Honduras  to  send  a  mis- 
sionary there.  Bishop  Satterlee 
has  been  appointed  commissary. 
It  is  not  thought  expedient  to 
transfer  the  jurisdiction  at  present 
to  the  American  Church,  but  the 
board  made  provision  for  an  addi- 
tional missionary  in  the  canal  zone, 
who  is  to  be  nominated  by  the 
board,  but  appointed  by  the  Bishop 
of  Honduras,  under  whose  super- 
vision he  will  work. 

EUROPE 

Mr.  Eugene  This  year,  as  for 
Stock's  Sermon  three  years  past, 
Topics  arrangements 
were  made  by  Rev. 
J.  E.  Padfield,  the  organizing  sec- 
retary for  the  diocese  of  London, 
for  a  series  of  missionary  sermons 
at  St.  Michael's,  Cornhill,  from  1.15 
to  1.45,  on  the  first  5  Wednesdays 
in  Lent.  This  year  Mr.  Eugene 
Stock  was  the  preacher.  His 
theme  was  thus  announced : 
"Don't  support  foreign  missions! 
Why  not?"  (1)  Because  charity 
begins  at  home.  (2)  Because  the 
non-Christian  people  don't  want 
our  religion.    (3)  Because  mission- 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


387 


aries  are  troublesome  and  extrava- 
gant. (4)  Because  missions  do  no 
good.  (5)  Because  the  converts  are 
a  bad  lot.  These  Lenten  addresses 
are  specially  intended  for  business 
men. 

The  Welsh  During  November, 
Revival  and  December,  and 
Bible  Sales  January  the  orders 
for  Scriptures  re- 
ceived at  the  Bible  House  from 
Wales  were  between  three  and  four 
times  as  large  as  those  for  the  cor- 
responding months  of  1903,  and 
this  demand  shows  no  signs  of 
falling  off.  The  following  extracts 
from  letters  which  accompanied 
orders  testify  to  the  influence  of 
the  revival.  One  bookseller 
writes:  "No  trouble  now  to  sell 
Bibles;  the  trouble  is  to  get  them." 
Another  bookseller  writes: 
"Please  send  these  on  at  once. 
Great  demand  for  Bibles  now  the 
revival  is  doing  such  havoc  (!)  in 
our  midst."  A  third  bookseller 
writes:  "I  find  an  increased  de- 
mand for  Bibles  and  religious  liter- 
ature since  the  revival-wave  burst 
over  Cymru."  Yet  another  writes: 
"The  greater  part  of  the  Bibles 
are  ordered  by  Saturday.  The  de- 
mand is  by  revivalist  people." — 
Bible  Society  Gleanings. 

What  Gifts     The  cost    of  sup- 
to  a  Hospital    porting  a  bed  in  a 
Will  Do      C.  M.  S.  hospital  is 
$50  a  year  in  India, 
Persia,  Palestine,  or  Egypt;  $25  in 
China,  Japan,  or  Africa.     For  a 
gift  of  $1,000  a  $50  bed  may  be 
named  in  perpetuity,  and  a  $25 
one  for  half  that  sum.  Recently, 
within  a  single  month,  no  less  than 
20  beds  were  allotted  in  14  hos- 
pitals. 

Bicentenary      In  November,  1905, 
of  the         two  centuries  will 
Danish-Halle     have  passed  since 
Mission         Bartholomew  Zieg- 
enbalg  and  Henrik 
Plutschan    founded    the  Danish- 


Halle  Mission  in  Tranquebar. 
Altho  the  society  ceased  to  exist 
when  in  1847  its  church  buildings 
and  other  interests  were  handed 
over  to  the  Leipzig  Society,  yet  the 
anniversary  deserves  to  be  cele- 
brated. The  Danish-Halle  Mission 
was  the  first  evangelical  mission  in 
the  proper  sense  of  the  word,  and 
Ziegenbalg,  Schwartz,  and  Fabri- 
cius,  as  well  as  many  others  of  its 
missionaries,  have  laid  the  founda- 
tions of  the  now  flourishing  work 
among  the  Tamils.  In  Germany, 
Denmark,  and  India  the  bicente- 
nary is  to  be  celebrated,  and  Pastor 
Raeder,  of  Riga,  has  been  requested 
to  write  the  complete  history  of 
the  society.  England  and  America 
ought  also  to  remember  the  jubilee, 
for  it  was  the  influence  of  the  Dan- 
ish-Halle Mission  which  opened  for 
Carey  the  way  into  India,  under 
God.  When  his  own  countrymen 
forbade  him  entrance,  he  found  an 
open  door  in  Serampur,  a  Danish 
colony.  And  the  man  who  received 
Cary  gladly  and  made  his  activity 
possible  was  the  Danish  governor, 
Brie,  a  disciple  of  the  great  Chris- 
tian, Frederick  Schwartz,  of  Tan- 
jore.  The  Leipzig  Society  proposes 
to  start  the  collection  of  a  jubilee 
fund  as  soon  as  its  own  large  deficit 
has  been  paid. 

The  Cause  It  is  said  that  of 
of  Russia's  Russia's  immense 
Failure  population,  only 
5,484,594,  or  about 
25  per  cent,  of  her  children  of  school 
age,  are  at  school,  while  Japan  has 
under  instruction  5,351,502,  or  87 
per  cent.  Russia,  with  all  her  ter- 
ritory and  all  her  boasted  resources, 
spends  but  about  $12,000,000  annu- 
ally on  primary  education,  while 
Japan,  with  one-third  the  popula- 
tion, spends  for  the  same  purpose 
nearly  $16,000,000.  These  figures 
speak  volumes  for  the  intellectual 
advance  of  Japan  as  compared  with 
Russia,  the  more  so  as  it  is  but  a 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


generation  since  Japan  began  the 
work  of  education  on  modern 
lines. 

Hope  for  Amid  so  much  that 
the  Stundists  is  depressing  in  the 
social  and  religious 
condition  of  Russia,  where  the 
priesthood  are  in  close  league  with 
the  tyrannical  bureaucrats,  it  is 
cheering  to  note  one  promising 
sign,  in  the  greater  freedom  ac- 
corded to  the  evangelical  reform- 
ers and  Stundists.  Greater  tolera- 
tion is  being  allowed  to  them  than 
ever  before.  Letters  have  reached 
Berlin  stating  that  the  Stundist 
preachers  have  begun  an  era  of  re- 
newed activity,  and  are  busy  trav- 
eling and  teaching  in  areas  abso- 
lutely closed  to  them  for  the  last 
ten  years.  The  police  take  no  no- 
tice of  them.  In  cases  where  men 
and  women  have  been  charged  with 
offenses  against  the  "Orthodox" 
faith,  they  have  been  acquitted,  or 
nominal  fines  only  inflicted  on 
them.  Whether  this  marks  a  real 
change  of  policy,  or  is  merely  a  re- 
spite owing  to  the  disturbed  condi- 
tion of  the  country,  the  good  seed 
is  certainly  being  sown,  and  it  can 
not  be  sown  in  vain. — The  Chris- 
tian. 

Robert  College  The  number  of  stu- 
and  Its  Work  dents  in  this  insti- 
tution was  320  last 
year,  of  whom  one-half  were 
Greeks,  and  the  others  chiefly  Ar- 
menians and  Bulgarians,  and  rep- 
resenting in  all  no  less  than  14 
races.  For  two  years  permission 
has  been  sought  in  vain  for  the 
construction  of  a  science  hall,  a 
gymnasium,  and  two  residences  for 
teachers.  What  the  college  has 
done  and  is  doing  may  be  inferred 
from  the  following  testimony  of  a 
Scotch  antiquarian  explorer  in  Asia 
Minor  : 

I  have  come  in  contact  with  men 
educated  in  Robert  College  in  wide- 
ly separate  parts  of  the  country, 


men  of  divers  nationalities  and  dif- 
ferent forms  of  religion — Greek, 
Armenian,  and  Protestant— and 
have  everywhere  been  struck  with 
the  marvelous  way  in  which  a  cer- 
tain uniform  type,  direct,  simple, 
honest,  and  lofty  in  tone,  has  been 
impressed  upon  them.  Some  had 
more  of  it,  some  less.  But  all  had 
it  to  a  certain  degree,  and  it  is  dia- 
metrically opposite  to  the  type  pro- 
duced by  growth  under  the  ordinary 
conditions  of  Turkish  life. 

ASIA 

From  Damascus  W.  E.  Curtis  writes 
to  Mecca  in  the  Chicago  Rec- 
by  Rail !  ord-Herahl :  "A 
private  letter  just 
received  from  Damascus  states  that 
the  line  has  been  completed  and 
laid  with  American  rails  for  220 
miles  south  of  that  city,  and  that 
2,000  soldiers  are  now  engaged  in 
extending  the  grade,  which  has 
been  completed  to  the  town  of 
Maan,  near  the  ancient  city  of 
Petra.  Cars  are  running  daily  to 
Amman,  35  miles  east  of  Jericho, 
under  the  management  of  the 
Frenchmen  who  operate  the  rail- 
road from  Beirut  to  Damascus.  It 
is  expected  that  a  regular  service 
of  one  train  a  day  each  way  will  be 
established  to  Maan  within  a  few 
weeks,  and  that  the  Turks  will  soon 
have  all-rail  connections  between 
the  Mediterranean  and  the  Red  Sea. 

"  In  the  meantime  a  branch  road 
is  being  built,  also  with  American 
rails,  from  the  beautiful  town  of 
Haifa,  under  the  shadow  of  Mount 
Carmel,  in  Palestine,  to  the  town  of 
Leraa,  the  metropolis  of  the  Hauran 
Valley,  and  thence  to  Mezerib, 
where  it  will  connect  with  the 
trunk  line  from  Damascus  to  Mecca. 
Three  thousand  men  are  employed 
on  that  line,  which  is  to  be  com- 
pleted and  in  wTorking  order  by  the 
1st  of  June  next.  Cargoes  of  Amer- 
ican rails  from  the  steel  trust  are 
landed  at  Haifa  every  week  or  two, 
and  future  pilgrims  to  Mecca  will 
be  carried  in  American  cars." 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


389 


Some  of  the    Rev.   F.    G.  Coan 
Drawbacks  to    writes  home,  soon 
Life  in  Persia    after  his  return  to 
Urumia: 

In  Russia  the  trains  were  crowd- 
ed on  account  of  the  soldiers  and 
officers  who  were  going  to  the  war, 
so  that  we  had  hard  work  to  secure 
accommodations.  T  realize,  as 
never  before,  what  a  great  descent 
one  makes  in  coming  from  the  West 
to  the  East,  especially  to  Persia. 
Even  in  Russia  civilization  is  more 
than  100  years  behind  America,  and 
as  we  finally  reached  the  end  of  the 
railway  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Ararat, 
and  descended  to  the  Russia  post 
with  the  worn-out  horses,  shabby 
vehicles,  and  dirty  post  houses,  we 
realized  and  appreciated  more  the 
comforts  left  behind.  Then  when 
we  came  to  Persia,  and  left  all  sem- 
blance of  roads  behind,  and  com- 
mitted ourselves  to  the  care  of  two 
dirty,  wicked  Persian  drivers,  who 
seemed  to  see  how  far  they  could 
run  risks  in  driving  without  actu- 
ally killing  us  ;  who  never  stopped 
for  a  bad  place,  but  dashed  through 
it,  and  nearly  killed  their  horses  by 
driving  off  bridges  repeatedly,  we 
felt  that  we  had  reached  the  limit. 
Mrs.  Coan  went  to  bed  for  a  week 
from  sheer  nervous  exhaustion,  and 
I  was  well  used  up  for  days. 

Missionaries  Disastrous  earth- 
Killed  in  an  quakes  shook 
Earthquake  northern  India 
about  April  4th, 
and  resulted  in  great  loss  of  life. 
Full  particulars  have  not  yet  been 
received,  but  it  is  known  that  thou- 
sands of  natives  and  some  Euro- 
peans lost  their  lives.  Dharamsala 
and  Kangra— two  cities  devastated 
—are  stations  of  the  Church  Mis- 
sionary Society  of  England,  and  it  is 
most  probable  that  their  buildings 
were  destroyed,  many  native  Chris- 
tians killed  or  injured,  and  some 
missionaries  lost  their  lives.  Word 
has  been  received  that  no  American 
missionaries  were  injured,  but  that 
Rev.  H.  F.  Rowlands  (C.  M.  S.)  and 
Mrs.  Daeuble  (C.  E.  Z.  M.  S.),  of 
Kangra,  and  Rev.  H.  Lorbeer,  of 
the  German  Lutheran  Mission, 
Ghazipur,  were  killed.    Lord  and 


Lady  Curzon,  and  others,  have 
promptly  taken  steps  to  relieve  the 
survivors  in  Simla,  Sultanpur, 
Dharamsala,  Mandi,  Kangra,  and 
other  places  which  suffered  most 
severely. 

An  Afghan  The  son  of  a  Mo- 
Robber       hammedan  Afghan 

Convened  robber  chief  has 
recently  left  his 
father's  castle,  crossed  the  frontier, 
and  made  public  profession  of  faith 
in  Christ  at  the  C.  M.  S.  mission  in 
the  bigoted  Mohammedan  city  of 
Peshawar.  He  has  done  this  at  the 
imminent  risk  of  being  shot  by  his 
angry  father,  and  he  is  himself  still 
little  more  than  a  half-tamed  sav- 
age, liable  to  lose  control  of  him- 
self when  anything  stirs  his  wrath. 
Yet  there  he  is  to-day  trying  hard 
to  be  humble,  gentle,  and  Christ- 
like. He  is,  therefore,  within  reach 
of  the  prayers  of  Christians. 

The  Plag'ue  Mr.  Dalgetty,  of  the 
Rampant  Scotch  Presbyte- 
in  India  rian  mission,  writes 
from  the  village  dis- 
trict of  Sialkot,  in  the  Punjab,  that 
for  several  months  there  have  been 
scores  of  deaths  around  the  mission 
daily.  The  wail  of  widows  and  or- 
phans is  constantly  in  our  ears. 
One  whole  Christian  community 
was  wiped  out  within  three  days. 
One  teacher,  a  gipsy  convert,  died 
as  he  was  being  carried  home.  In 
one  village  of  500  people  the  aver- 
age daily  mortality  for  a  week 
was  20. 

From  Miraj  Mission,  of  the  Amer- 
ican Presbyterians  in  Bombay  Pres- 
idency, also  comes  sad  tidings  of 
plague  among  the  Kookoo  AVali 
Lok  tribe.  They  thought  that  the 
plague  had  been  sent  by  their  six 
goddesses,  and  tried  to  propitiate 
them  by  sacrificing  six  goats.  Sev- 
eral women  rushed  up  and  down  in  a 
frenzie  and  wallowed  in  the  blood, 
after  which  they  spent  the  night  in 


390 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


dancing  and  deviltry.  Is  there  any 
hope  for  suc  h,  other  than  salvation 
through  Christ? 

Is  This  a  It  will  mean  much 
Real  Cure  to  medical  missions 
for  Leprosy?  if  the  new  serum 
"Leprolin,"  which 
has  been  introduced  recently  as  a 
remedy  for  leprosy,  proves  effect- 
ive. At  Peruha  Asylum,  in  Bengal, 
where  there  are  600  inmates  under 
the  care  of  "The  Mission  to  Lepers 
in  India  and  the  East,"  three  cases 
thus  treated  are  declared  by  the 
deputy  sanitary  commissioner  of 
the  district  to  be  "to  all  intents 
and  purposes  completely  cured." 
In  round  numbers  about  half  a 
million  of  our  fellow  creatures  in 
India  and  China  surfer  from  this 
terrible  scourge,  which  has  been 
well  described  as  a  living  death. 
In  the  interests  of  the  vast  army  of 
sufferers  we  most  earnestly  hope 
and  pray  that  this  new  treatment 
may  prove  a  success. 

Methodism  in  Bishop  Warne, 
North  India  after  holding  the 
North  India  and  the 
Northwest  India  Conferences, 
writes  that  both  were  seasons  of 
peculiar  interest.  There  have  been 
increases  in  practically  every  direc- 
tion. In  the  North  India  Confer- 
ence during  the  year  just  closed 
there  were  3,460  baptisms,  and  in 
the  Northwest  India  Conference, 
9,111  baptisms.  There  was  also  an 
increase  in  the  Christian  com- 
munity in  the  North  India  Confer- 
ence of  2,355,  and  in  the  Northwest 
India  Conference  of  7,911,  a  total 
increase  in  the  Christian  com- 
munity of  10,266.  The  Christian 
community  of  the  North  India  Con- 
ference is  now  47.619,  and  of  the 
Northwest  India  Conference,  72,222, 
or  a  grand  total  of  129,841  in  the 
Christian  community  of  these  two 
conferences.  "  Beyond  that,"  says 
Bishop  Warne,  "there  are  within 
the  bounds  of  these  two  conferences 


50,0C0  inquirers,  at  a  very  low  esti- 
mate, whom  we  can  not  baptize  be- 
cause we  have  not  workers  trained 
to  care  for  the  applicants  for  bap- 
tism who  desire  to  become  Chris- 
tians. Was  there  ever  anything 
more  wonderful  in  church  history  ? 
Thirty-five  dollars  a  year  will  put 
a  man  and  his  wife  in  training  to 
become  pastor-teachers,  and  we 
have  hundreds  we  could  train  from 
among  our  Christians  if  we  had 
the  money  to  support  them. 

A  Spiritual  The  Bishop  of  Ma- 
Revolution  in  dras  (C.  M.  S.)  re- 
South  India  ports  a  remarkable 
movement  of  the 
people  of  the  Telugu  districts  to- 
ward Christianity.  Many  inqui- 
rers in  past  years  who  hesitated  to 
ask  for  baptism  have  now  made  up 
their  minds  to  do  so.  The  work  of 
many  years  seems  suddenly  to  be 
bearing  fruit  this  year.  Altogether 
about  1,160  people,  chiefly  Malas, 
have  become  catechumens  since 
January,  1904,  in  these  villages. 
So  that,  in  the  whole  district,  about 
1,600  catechumens  were  admitted 
last  year,  in  addition  to  about  500 
who  wrere  admitted  before.  Four 
hundred  catechumens  wrere  bap- 
tized last  year.  In  the  whole  of 
the  Raghavapuram  district,  which 
comprises  an  area  of  about  1,200 
square  miles,  there  are  at  the  pres- 
ent time  2,500  baptized  Christians 
and  about  2,000  catechumens.  It 
seems  very  probable  that,  within  a 
few  years,  the  wrhole  of  the  Malas 
and  Madigas  in  the  district,  num- 
bering about  9,000,  will  have  been 
converted  to  Christianity. 

Hindu  Women  How  much  it  means 
in  that    in    India  a 

Conference!  congress  of  women, 
by  women  and  for 
women,  can  be  held,  like  the  one 
which  recently  assembled  in  Cal- 
cutta. As  the  Indian  Witness 
informs  us: 

The  Indian  Mirror  sees  in  the 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


391 


part  women  have  taken  in  the  con- 
gress the  most  significant  note  of 
the  whole  occasion.  The  editor 
fittingly  places  emphasis  upon  the 
influence  of  the  mothers  of  a  race. 
"We  Hindus,"  he  says,  "have  fall- 
en from  our  high  position  because 
we  have  ignored  this  deep,  eternal 
truth,  which  once  lay  at  the  base 
of  our  social  and  national  life." 
He  believes  that  signs  are  not  want- 
ing of  a  return  to  those  ancient 
ideals.  He  rejoices  in  the  fact  that 
all  the  ladies  who  spoke  on  the 
resolutions  in  the  conference  were 
Hindus,  and  also  Mahratis.  The 
speaking,  it  will  be  remembered, 
was  at  a  meeting  of  ladies — the 
Bharat  Manila  Samaj,  or,  the  In- 
dian Ladies'  Association — when 
Hindu,  Parsee,. Mohammedan,  and 
also  a  few  European  ladies  met  and 
discussed  matters  of  moment  and 
of  interest.  The  songs,  addresses, 
and  papers  were  in  Hindi,  Mahrati, 
and  Gujarati.  Among  other  things 
was  a  resolution  expressing  the  joy 
of  Indian  women  at  the  recovery 
of  Lady  Curzon. 

Indian  Social  The  people  of  India 
Reform  themselves  are 
Movement  moving  for  some 
radical  reforms  in 
present  social  customs.  At  a  re- 
cent "National  Social  Conference  " 
an  Indian  speaker  urged  the  fol- 
lowing as  necessary  reforms:  (1) 
female  education,  (2)  abolition  of 
infant  marriage,  (3)  widow  re- 
marriage,  (4)  abolition  of  polyg- 
amy, (5)  removal  of  caste  divi- 
sions, (0)  intermarriage  between 
sub-castes,  (7)  interdining,  (8) 
freedom  of  travel  and  sea-voyages, 
(9)  raising  the  positions  of  the 
castes  called  low,  (10)  temperance, 
(11)  the  regulation  of  public  chari- 
ties. The  greater  number  of  these 
evils  come  from  difficulties  arising 
from  the  caste  system,  or  difficul- 
ties in  connection  with  the  status 
of  women.  These  are  two  great 
problems,  the  solution  of  which 
will  solve  most  of  the  various  social 
evils.  The  only  real  remedy  that 
has  proved  effective,  however,  is 
that  offered  in  the  Gospel  of 
Christ. 


The  Worth  of  The  Form  an  Chris- 
a  Christian  tian  College  at  La- 
College  hore  reports  a 
prosperous  year. 
Its  new  building,  erected  by  funds 
supplied  partly  by  the  British  gov- 
ernment, and  partly  from  the  fees 
of  students,  is  a  valuable  addition 
to  its  plant.  Much  attention  has 
been  given  during  the  year  to  Bible 
study,  which  is  always  attended 
with  religious  exercises.  There 
have  been  cheering  evidences  that 
the  Spirit  of  God  has  been  present 
to  bless  the  lessons  of  truth.  The 
total  college  enrolment  was  396;  of 
this  number  187  were  Hindus,  139 
Mohammedans,  38  Christians,  37 
Sikhs,  with  4  other  unclassified. 
The  Fonnan  Christian  College 
Monthly  is  a  magazine  of  32  pages, 
which  has  been  in  circulation  only 
a  year,  with  about  300  subscribers. 
An  addition  of  200  to  the  list  of 
subscribers  would  make  it  entire- 
ly self-supporting.  —  A  s  s  e  m  bly 
Herald. 

The  Gospel  A  small  missionary 
in  the  Jungle  magazine  c  o  m  e  s 
from  the  remote 
center  of  India.  Its  title  is  Jungle 
Jottings,  and  it  tells  of  the  inter- 
esting mission  to  aborigines  of  that 
great  country.  The  Balaghat  Mis- 
sion is  unattached  and  unsectarian, 
and  seeks  to  evangelize  the  Gonds, 
Balgas,  and  other  tribes.  The 
Gonds  are  a  semi  wild  people. 
Their  ancestry  dates  from  far-off 
days,  but  during  turmoils  they  fled 
to  the  hills  for  safety,  and  there 
made  their  homes.  It  is  comput- 
ed that  there  are  2,000,000  Gonds, 
who  live  chiefly  in  forest  huts  of 
the  crudest  kind,  and  in  semisav- 
agery.  In  1893  Mr.  John  Lampard 
conceived  the  idea  of  living  among 
these  neglected  tribes,  with  a  view 
to  helping  them.  Great  success  has 
followed  his  devoted  efforts.  Al- 
ready a  community  of  100  souls  is 
established,   and    an  orphanage, 


392 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OP  THE  WORLD 


[May 


with  120  children  and  an  industrial 
farm,  are  doing  good  work.  At 
present  there  are  7  English  and 
several  native  workers.  The  great- 
est economy  is  observed,  as  is  at- 
tested by  the  fact  that  the  entire 
maintenance  of  each  missionary  is 
less  than  £50  per  annum. — Ram's 
Horn. 

Mrs.  Besant's  To  the  friends  of 
"  Gospel  "  Christian  missions 
for  India  in  India,  especially 
to  English-speak- 
ing women,  one  of  the  most  offen- 
sive and  pitiable  spectacles  on 
earth  is  that  of  Mrs.  Besant,  living 
in  Benares,  a  professed  Hindu  the- 
osophist,  and  laying  her  gifts,  in- 
fluence, and  heritage  in  the  Chris- 
tian Church  all  at  the  feet  of 
paganism.  The  "Central  Hindu 
College  "  at  Benares,  with  over  500 
students,  owes  a  great  part  of  its 
abundance  of  wealth  to  Mrs.  Be- 
sant. She  induced  rich  Hindus  to 
establish  scholarships,  and  the 
Maharajah  to  give  ample  lands.  A 
temple  to  the  Hindu  goddess  of 
learning  is  built  in  the  inclosure; 
over  the  portal  is  an  image  of  the 
elephant-headed  Ganesh,  and  de- 
votion to  Krishna  is  inculcated. 
In  this  violently  anti-Christian  col- 
lege the  English  language  and 
Western  physical  science  are 
taught  by  English  professors  of 
both  sexes,  who,  in  many  cases, 
give  their  services  freely. — Assem- 
bly Herald. 

A  False  Messiah  The  Mirza  of  Qad- 
in  India  ian,  who  some  time 
ago announced  him- 
self as  the  promised  Messiah,  having 
failed  to  induce  Christians  and 
Moslems  to  acknowledge  his  claims, 
has  how  given  out  to  Hindus  that 
he  is  their  leader  as  Rajah  Krishna, 
the  greatest  avatar  of  the  Hindu 
religion.  His  latest  announcement 
must  have  surprised  even  the  most 
credulous  of  his  followers.  The 
Mirza  recently  paid  a  visit  to  Sial- 


kot,  and  in  the  course  of  a  long  lec- 
ture  he  expressed  himself  as  fol- 
lows: 

My  advent  in  this  age  is  not 
meant  for  the  reformation  of  the 
Mohammedans  only,  but  Almighty 
God  has  willed  to  bring  about 
through  me  a  regeneration  of  three 
great  nations — viz.,  Hindus,  Mo- 
hammadans,  and  Christians.  As 
for  the  last  two  I  am  the  Promised 
Messiah,  so  for  the  first  I  have  been 
sent  as  an  A  vatar.  It  is  more  than 
twenty  years  since  I  announced 
that  as  I  have  appeared  in  the 
character  of  Christ,  Son  of  Mary, 
to  purify  the  earth  of  the  injustice, 
iniquity,  and  sins  which  prevail 
upon  it.  I  come  likewise  in  the 
character  of  Raja  Krishna,  the 
greatest  Avatar  of  the  Hindu  relig- 
ion, and  spiritually  I  am  the  same 
man.  I  do  not  say  this  of  my  own 
accord,  but  the  mighty  God,  who  is 
the  Lord  of  earth  and  heaven,  has 
revealed  this  to  me,  not  on  one  oc- 
casion, but  repeatedly,  that  I  am 
Krishna  for  the  Hindus,  and  the 
Promised  Messiah  for  the  Moham- 
medans and  the  Christians. 

Unfortunately,  such  bold  blas- 
phemy wins  some  followers. 

The  " Yellow  While  Occidentals 
Peril  "  vs.  the  are  much  exercised 
the  "  White  over  the  evil  re- 
Peril  "  suits  which  may 
follow  the  influx  of 
the  hosts  of  Eastern  Asia,  the 
Chinese  and  Japanese  on  their  part 
are  pondering  as  to  the  "White 
Peril  and  how  to  meet  it."  In  par- 
ticular the  methods  of  our  cartoon- 
ists are  adopted  by  the  press,  and 
foreign  nations  are  represented  as 
"wild  beasts  about  to  devour 
China.  In  the  north  is  the  Russian 
bear,  in  the  center  is  the  English 
bulldog,  in  the  southeast  is  the 
American  eagle,  while  in  the  south 
is  the  French  frog.  Around  For- 
mosa is  a  lasso  thrown  out  by 
Japan,  and  around  Shantung  is  a 
link  representing  a  German  sau- 
sage. Foreign  railways,  mining 
and  other  syndicates,  are  like 
spider  webs  designed  first  to  en- 
tangle so  as  finally  to  absorb 
China." 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


393 


Cheering  News  James  Stark,  of  the 
from  China  China  Inland  Mis- 
sion, reports  many- 
indications  of  progress,  among 
which  are  the  abandonment  of 
idolatry  by  a  large  number  of  peo- 
ple. In  Hunan,  the  once  prover- 
bially anti-Christian  province, 
there  are  hundreds  of  families  who 
have  destroyed  their  idols,  while  in 
Shan-si  whole  villages  have  given 
up  idol  worship.  Tho  the  destruc- 
tion of  idols  does  not  necessarily 
prove  that  a  spiritual  change  has 
taken  place,  it  is  a  breaking  with 
the  past,  involving  a  disregard  of 
time-honored  superstitions,  which 
calls  for  the  exercise  of  much  cour- 
age. Perhaps  a  greater  test  to  the 
Chinese  is  the  destruction  of  ances- 
tral tablets,  which  almost  invaria- 
bly results  in  persecution.  In  spite 
of  consequences,  a  considerable 
number  of  these  have  been  burned, 
or  otherwise  destroyed,  by  other 
than  those  who  have  been  received 
into  the  Church. 

"  Medicine "  as    The  following  in- 
Administered     stance  from  the  re- 
in China      portofDrs.  Graham 
and      Stooke,  of 
Ichang,  illustrates  forcibly  the  need 
for  medical  missions  : 

We  had  the  opportunity  of  see- 
ing the  method  of  treatment  adopt- 
ed by  a  native  quack.  A  man  wTas 
seized  with  unmistakable  cholera, 
and  his  relatives,  refusing  our  prof- 
fered assistance,  called  in  a  native 
doctor.  He  first  called  for  some 
native  cash  and  gave  some  to  the 
man  to  suck.  A  patient  with  true 
cholera  is  said  to  be  able  to  dis- 
solve these  bronze  coins  in  his 
mouth;  this  man,  however,  could 
not  do  so.  Then  the  doctor  took 
two  of  the  cash,  and  with  them 
vigorously  scored  the  patient's  ab- 
domen until  the  skin  peeled  off. 
Then  as  another  method  of  abdom- 
inal counter-irritation  a  lighted 
candle  was  placed  over  the  umbil- 
icus and  allowed  to  burn  down  until 
the  surrounding  skin  was  blistered. 
But  the  patient  was  no  better,  so 
the  doctor  called  for  the  man's 
tobacco  pipe  and  a  kettle  of  hot 


water.  With  the  water  he  washed 
out  the  nicotine  from  the  interior 
of  the  pipe,  and  forthwith  pro- 
ceeded to  give  the  patient  table- 
spoonful  doses  of  the  disgusting 
washings.  After  this  the  man  sunk 
very  rapidly,  notwithstanding  that 
a  live  pigeon  was  divided  in  two, 
and  the  two  halves  laid  over  the 
man's  stomach.  In  our  opinion  the 
man  died  not  of  cholera,  but  of 
nicotine  poisoning. 

Two  Omens  Two  foremost  facts 
of  Good  in  mark  the  oppor- 
China  tunity  in  China  at 
the  present  hour : 
one  fact,  the  ferment  of  ideas,  old 
literary  landmarks  swrept  away  and 
Western  books  and  methods  rush- 
ing in;  the  other  fact  is  a  new  ap- 
proachableness  on  the  part  of  edu- 
cated and  high-class  people  toward 
missionaries  as  representatives  of 
Western  learning.  The  student  of 
history  is  obliged  to  correlate  these 
facts  with  the  witness  borne  by  the 
martyrs  of  1900,  and  the  settle- 
ment with  the  nations  at  Peking. 
Any  student  of  the  Bible  can  lift 
up  his  eyes  and  see  that  "God  is 
marching  on  "  in  the  Far  East,  and 
this  is  a  great  hour  for  missions. 
Every  missionary  in  China  may 
well  long  for  new  and  large  en- 
duement  of  the  Spirit's  power  to 
meet  this  opportunity,  and  every 
missionary's  friend  may  ask  it  for 
him. —  Woman's  Work  for  Woman. 

What  One  A  convert  of  the 
Chinese  Berlin  Missionary 
Christian  Did  Society  is  employed 
as  helper  to  Super- 
intendent Voskamp,  at  King-tshi, 
North  China.  Mr.  Voskamp  had 
been  presented  with  a  large  and 
valuable  piece  of  land  at  King-tshi 
by  an  influential  and  rich  heathen. 
Dshu,  the  convert,  wanted  to  build 
a  chapel  for  missionary  purposes 
upon  the  property,  but  lack  of  neces- 
sary funds  forced  Mr.  Voskamp  to 
deny  the  request.  Then  Dshu  went 
out  and  collected  money  from 
Christian  and  heathen  Chinese,  en- 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


gaged  a  few  day-laborers,  and, 
trusting  in  the  Lord,  commenced  to 
build.  He  was  bricklayer  and  car- 
penter, laboring  from  early  in  the 
morning  till  late  at  night,  yet  never 
failing  to  proclaim  the  Gospel  to 
the  crowds  which  he  drew  on  mar- 
ket-days by  singing  Christian  songs 
to  the  tunes  which  he  played  on 
his  old  melodeon.  When  Mr.  Vos- 
kamp  came  to  visit  him  a  few 
months  later  he  found  to  his  sur- 
prise an  almost  completed  chapel, 
which  had  been  started  without  his 
knowledge.  Dshu  was  putting  in 
a  window-frame,  and  seemed  to  be 
glad  that  the  work  had  progressed 
thus  far.  Soon  after  the  chapel 
was  finished  and  opened  in  solemn 
manner,  five  Chinese,  the  fruit  of 
Dshu's  spiritual  labors,  being  bap- 
tized on  the  day  of  dedication. 
The  chapel  is  free  of  debt,  and 
heathen  as  well  as  Christian  Chi- 
nese have  been  greatly  influenced 
by  the  steadfast,  energetic  labors 
of  Dshu.  Thus  the  way  for  en- 
larged missionary  activity  is 
opened. 

Spread  of  Colleges  have  now 
Western  been  founded  in  15 
Education  of  the  provincial 
in  China  capitals,  and  pri- 
mary and  second- 
ary schools,  mechanical  schools, 
agricultural  colleges,  and  police 
and  military  schools  are  springing 
up  on  every  hand.  Akin  to  this  is 
the  wide  diffusion  of  translations 
of  Western  literature,  and  the 
growing  power  and  authority  of 
the  native  press.  A  few  years  ago 
there  were  only  7  newspapers,  but 
now  there  are  157  daily,  weekly, 
and  monthly  journals,  in  which 
public  questions  are  discussed  with 
courage  and  independence.  Not 
long  since  a  provincial  editor  gave 
a  paragraph  of  statistics  concern- 
ing Christian  progress  in  India, 
heading  it  with  the  words:  "  Christ 
nourishing  exceedingly";  while  a 


leading  article  in  a  popular  Shang- 
hai daily  lately  urged  the  forma- 
tion of  charitable  institutions  on  a 
more  genuine  basis  than  that  be- 
neath the  existing  charities  of 
China. 

"A  Christian  Recently  a  gradu- 
Man  Greatly  ate  of  the  Anglo- 
Preferred '*  Chinese  College  at 
Foochow,  China, 
was  invited  to  go  to  Chingsiu  to 
teach  in  a  school  established  by  the 
officials  of  that  place.  A  clause  in 
the  letter  of  invitation  was  to  the 
effect  that  if  he  could  not  accept 
the  position  they  desired  him  to 
get  them  a  good  teacher — "  a  Chris- 
tian man  "  greatly  preferred.  An- 
other student  of  the  Anglo-Chinese 
College  was  invited  to  teach  Eng- 
lish in  a  mandarin's  family.  This 
student,  who  was  a  grandson  of 
the  first  ordained  Chinese  Method- 
ist preacher,  agreed  to  accept  on 
condition  that  he  could  teach  the 
mandarin's  children  Christianity 
and  could  follow  his  own  convic- 
tions in  the  matter  of  Sabbath  ob- 
servance. He  was  accepted,  and 
finds  that  the  whole  family  are  will- 
ing to  hear  him  talk  of  Christ. — 
World-wide  Missio7is. 

How  Two      An  article  appeared 
Mandarins       in  the  North  China 
Regard         Daily  News  in  No- 
Missionaries      vember  last,  enti- 
tled   "A  Chinese 
Appreciation    of    Missionary  Ef- 
fort."   The  writer  quotes  at  length 
from  two  documents  drawn  up  by 
the  prefectorial  and  country  man- 
darins in  the  Anhui  province,  con- 
cerning a  missionary  to  whom  they 
would  give  honor.    One  mandarin 
writes: 

During  the  past  few  years,  when- 
ever I  have  interviewed  the  gen- 
try and  scholars,  the  merchants 
and  the  people  generally  in  the 
country  around,  they  all,  with- 
out exception,  have  spoken  of  his 
goodness  in  a  most  spontaneous 
fashion.     And  I  have  been  even 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


395 


more  glad  to  note  the  manner  in 
which  he  has  aroused  the  latent 
sensibilities  of  the  populace  to  sim- 
ilarity of  feeling  and  a  recognition 
of  the  essential  unity  of  principles, 
so  that  the  barriers  of  East  and 
West  have  been  forgotten,  and  a 
valuable  contribution  has  been  se- 
cured toward  cordial  international 
relations  generally. 

Another  mandarin  writes  of  this 
missionary: 

He  has  lived  here  for  twenty 
years,  and  managed  matters  so 
well  that  there  has  been  no  enmity 
between  the  populace  and  the 
Church.  Indeed,  the  whole  prefec- 
ture unites  as  one  in  his  praise — a 
fact  so  well  known  that  I  need  not 
relate  it.  He  has  been  preeminent 
in  his  proclamation  of  religion, 
both  in  its  details  and  in  its  perme- 
ating principles. 

Such  expressions  of  regard  are 
made  not  only  in  China,  but  in  al- 
most every  land  to  which  our  mis- 
sionaries have  gone.  Sooner  or 
later  they  are  welcomed  and  their 
work  approved.  All  the  force  they 
use  is  the  force  of  truth;  the  con- 
straint they  employ  is  the  con- 
straint of  love  and  good  works. 

What  the       Robert  E.  Lewis, 
Average       in  his  book  "The 
Chinese  Does    Educational  Con- 
Not  Know     quest  of  the  Far 
East,"  names  these 
10  things  concerning  which  the 
average  Chinese  is  in  densest  igno- 
rance: 

1.  The  geography  of  the  world 
and  even  of  China  is  a  terra  incog- 
nito to  him. 

2.  He  has  heard  only  rumors  that 
the  earth  is  round  and  that  it  re- 
volves about  the  sun. 

3.  His  knowledge  of  the  earth,  its 
origin,  its  geology,  etc.,  is  fanciful 
untruth,  leading  him  to  all  kinds  of 
superstitions. 

4.  His  chemistry  is  alchemy. 

5.  A  modern  laboratory,  a  tele- 
scope, a  proposition  in  Euclid  or 
even  in  fractions,  a  pump  or  an 
engine,  he  has  probably  never  so 
much  as  heard  of. 

(>.  He  has  no  thought  of  ever 
"speaking  in  public,"  probably  he 


has  never  seen  an  audience  listen- 
ing to  a  lecture. 

7.  The  spirit  of  chivalry  is  not 
his,  he  does  not  recognize  the  qual- 
ity of  woman.    .    .  . 

8.  He  has  no  knowledge  of  The- 
ism, and  his  mind  is  a  blank  in  re- 
gard to  all  high  religious  ques- 
tions.   .    .  . 

9.  He  does  not  know  that  he  is 
provincial  and  that  he  is  ignorant. 

10.  It  does  not  dawn  upon  him 
that  he  is  bigoted,  pedantic,  and 
conceited. 

A  Notable      One  hundred  and 
Ingathering     eighteen  converts 
have  recently  been 
baptized    at     Hanyang,  Central 
China.    In  writing  of  this  ingath- 
ering, Rev.  J.  S.  Adams  says: 

It  was  a  happy  occasion  when 
the  church  welcomed  the  new  con- 
verts, and  took  the  Lord's  Supper 
with  them.  Twenty-one  of  the 
new  members  are  women.  Some 
very  touching  scenes  were  wit- 
nessed. One  man  whose  wife  and 
daughters  are  members  has  been 
kept  waiting  four  years  because  he 
had  been  an  opium-smoker.  He 
wept  for  joy.  Most  of  these  people 
have  been  waiting  over  a  year,  and 
each  has  passed  a  searching  exam- 
ination before  the  deacons  and  the 
pastor.  Some  have  come  through 
much  tribulation;  one  man  went 
home  to  find  that  his  house  had 
been  robbed  of  all  he  possessed 
during  his  absence.  There  are 
some  wealthy  people  coming  in  and 
a  few  of  the  literary  class,  but  the 
majority  are  tradesmen,  farmers, 
boatmen,  artisans,  and  one  is  the 
captain  of  a  large  sailing  junk  on 
the  Yangtse;  his  ship  anchored  at 
a  place  where  there  was  a  Ply- 
mouth Brethren  meeting.  They 
were  interested  in  him,  and  asked 
him  to  be  baptized,  but  he  said: 
"No,  I  heard  the  Gospel  first  at  the 
Baptist  mission  at  Hanyang,  and 
I  am  going  to  be  baptized  there 
with  my  wife." — Bajjtist  Mission- 
ary Magazine. 

Missionary     A  letter  from  Rev. 
Activity  in      George  Douglas,  of 
Manchuria     Manchuria,  says 
that  throughout 
the  province  over  200  Christians 
already  have  been  baptized  since 
war  began,  and  all  over  a  great  in- 


396 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIKW  OF  TtlE  WORLD 


[May 


gathering  is  looked  for  as  soon  as 
the  war  is  over.  Those  who  are 
passing  through  a  time  of  crisis  at 
home  have  something  to  learn  from 
these  Manchurian  children  in  the 
faith,  and  their  bearing  in  this 
crisis. 

Japanese      Mr.  George  Kennan 
Officials       is  writing  a  series 
as  Bible       of  articles  for  The 
Colporteurs     Outlook  upon  "  The 
Story  of  Port  Ar- 
thur," and  this  is  one  thing  he  saw: 

In  an  unpretentious  wooden 
building  near  the  entrance  to  the 
pier  we  made  the  acquaintance  of 
Major  Fusei,  local  chief  of  military 
transportation,  and  were  intro- 
duced by  him  to  half  a  dozen  other 
officers  who  were  going  with  us  as 
far  as  Dalny,  on  their  way  to 
Liaoyang.  I  noticed  with  interest, 
on  a  table  in  the  major's  office,  a 
large  pile  of  St.  John's  Gospels,  in 
Japanese  and  English,  which  were 
intended,  apparently,  for  distribu- 
tion among  soldiers  going  to  the 
front.  Inasmuch  as  Christianity 
is  not  the  dominant  religious  faith 
of  Japan,  the  cooperation  of  the 
government  in  the  distribution  of 
St.  John's  Gospels  among  its  sol- 
diers struck  me  as  a  noteworthy 
evidence  of  enlightenment  and 
toleration.  One  would  not  find  a 
local  chief  of  transportation  in  Rus- 
sia supplying  soldiers  with  New 
Testaments,  and  still  less  with  the 
sacred  books  of  the  Buddhists. 
The  czar  holds  up  before  his  regi- 
ments miracle-working  portraits 
of  madonnas  and  saints,  and  invites 
the  men  to  bare  their  heads  and  fall 
on  their  knees  in  adoration,  while 
he  himself  sits  on  horseback  in  a 
military  cap;  but  he  does  not  fur- 
nish his  troops  with  sacred  litera- 
ture. Books  have  a  tendency  to 
"excite  the  mind,"  while  miracle- 
working  ikons  encourage  a  feeling 
of  dependence  and  submission,  and 
are,  therefore,  among  the  strongest 
bulwarks  of  the  throne. 

The  American  The  mission  of  the 
Board  in  Japan  American  Board  in 
Japan  has  now  12 
stations  with  71  workers,  2  of 
whom  are  physicians.  Twenty-six 
are  ordained  missionaries,  and  all 
but  3  of  these  are  married.  The 


22  single  women,  14  of  whom 
are  cared  for  by  the  Woman's 
Board,  are  scattered  in  11  stations. 
The  American  Board  has  48  or- 
dained native  pastors  under  its 
care,  with  41  evangelists,  and  26 
Bible  women — a  total  native  force 
of  115.  Seventy-eight  Congrega- 
tional churches,  known  as  the 
Kumi-ai,  (Linked  Together),  have 
a  membership  of  10,693,  the  number 
of  men  being  greater  than  that  of 
women,  and  91  Sunday-schools, 
with  3,015  pupils.  The  native 
Japanese  gave  nearly  $25,000  for 
Christian  work  in  1903.  There  is  a 
theological  school  with  22  pupils,  a 
college  for  young  men,  and  another 
for  young  women,  5  boarding- 
schools  for  girls,  4  kindergartens, 
and  a  training-school  for  kinder- 
garten teachers. 

The  Changes  In  1871-2  eight  mis- 
of  a  Generation  sionaries  joined  the 
in  Japan  mission  of  the 
American  Board — 
Messrs.  Gulick,  Davis,  Berry,  Gor- 
don, and  their  wives.  The  country 
had  only  recently  been  opened  to 
outsiders  after  years  of  seclusion, 
and  the  people  looked  at  mission- 
aries, as  at  all  other  foreigners,  with 
mingled  suspicion,  fear,  and  hatred. 
As  late  as  1884  the  members  of  the 
Kyoto  station  received  a  letter  ad- 
dressed "To  the  four  American  bar- 
barians, Davis,  Gordon,  Learned, 
and  Greene."  It  was  signed  by 
"Patriots  in  the  City  of  Peace,  be- 
lievers in  Shinto,"  and  closed  as 
follows:  "I  speak  to  you  who  have 
come  with  words  which  are  sweet 
in  the  mouth  but  a  sword  in  the 
heart,  bad  priests,  American  bar- 
barians, four  robbers.  You  have 
come  from  a  far  country  with  the 
evil  religion  of  Christ,  and  as  slaves 
of  the  robber  Neesima.  With  bad 
teaching  you  are  gradually  deceiv- 
ing the  people;  but  we  know  your 
hearts,  and  hence  we  shall  soon, 
with  swords,  inflict  the  punishment 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


397 


of  Heaven  upon  you.  .  .  .  Those 
who  brought  Buddhism  to  Japan 
in  ancient  times  were  killed.  In 
the  same  way  you  must  be  killed. 
But  we  do  not  wish  to  defile  the 
soil  of  Japan  with  your  abominable 
blood.  Hence,  take  your  families 
and  go  quickly." — Life  and  Light. 

Japanese  In  the  midst  of  the 
Superstition  bravery  of  the  Jap- 
anese soldier  it  is 
almost  pathetic  to  see  his  supersti- 
tion. About  an  hour's  traveling 
from  Hiroshima  brings  us  to  the 
beautiful  island  of  Miyajima,  one 
of  the  three  principal  sceneries  in 
Japan.  A  number  of  old  temples 
are  scattered  all  over  this  island. 
Looking  into  some  of  these  temples 
thousands  of  wooden  rice-spoons 
with  names  written  on  may  be  seen 
hanging  all  around  the  walls.  These 
spoons,  brought  by  the  Japanese 
soldiers  and  offered  to  the  temples 
before  he  goes  to  the  front,  makes 
him  believe  himself  to  be  "bullet 
proof."  Also  the  Japanese  women 
are  active,  tho  in  the  midst  of  su 
perstition.  Evidently  lacking  faith 
in  the  protecting  power  of  the  many 
gods  in  the  temples,  they  believe 
the  soldier  is  safe  if  he  wears  a 
sash  era  piece  of  cloth,  with  1,000 
stitches  sewn  in  it  by  1,000  differ- 
ent women.  The  chief  aim  of  many 
is  therefore  to  secure  as  many 
thousand  stitched  cloths  as  pos- 
sible. Carrying  their  cloth,  thread, 
and  needle,  women  may  be  met 
everywhere  accosting  every  woman 
she  meets  to  help  her  make  up  the 
1,000  needed  stitches  by  putting  in 
one  stitch. 

AFRICA 
New  Railroad  The  railroad  from 
in  the  Sudan   the  Red  Sea  to  Ber- 
ber   on   the  Nile, 
which  was  begun  many  years  ago 
as  a  military  necessity  and  aban- 
doned because  of  interferences  by 
the  Mahdist  forces,  is  again  in  proc- 
ess of  construction.  It  will  not  now 


strike  the  Nile  at  Berber,  but  some 
distance  farther  south,  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Nile  with  the  Atbara. 
From  that  point  about  30  miles  of 
track  have  been  laid  to  the  east- 
ward, and  near  Suakin,  on  the  Red 
Sea,  a  large  force  is  cutting  the  road- 
bed through  the  coast  mountains. 
The  length  of  the  road  will  not  be 
grea  t.  The  caravan  route  from  Sua- 
kin to  Berber  is  very  crooked,  and 
measures  only  about  250  miles;  the 
railroad  will  be  shorter.  The  cara- 
van route  has  been  of  great  impor- 
tance to  the  Sudan.  Before  the  Mah- 
dist war  from  20,000  to  30,000  camels 
annually  crossed  between  Berber 
and  Suakin,  but  only  the  most 
valuable  articles,  such  as  ostrich 
feathers,  gold-dust,  precious  gums, 
and  ivory  could  bear  the  cost  of 
camel  transportation.  Now  the 
Sudan  is  looking  forward  to  the 
export  of  cotton  and  grain.  Freight 
rates  by  the  long  rail  and  water 
route  to  the  Mediterranean  are 
high.  Coal  for  the  railroad  up  the 
Nile  costs  $10  a  ton  at  Wady  Haifa, 
the  starting-point  of  the  road.  By 
river  and  rail  from  Khartum  to 
Alexandria  is  1,300  miles,  to  Suakin 
it  will  be  about  450  miles.  When 
the  road  is  finished  the  Sudan  will 
owe  another  great  debt  to  England. 
—  Un  ited  Presbyterian. 

Roman  Catholic  January  18th,  at 
Missionaries  for  a  service  held  in 
the  Kongo  St.  Gudule  Cathe- 
dral, Brussels, 
with  the  highest  functionaries  of 
the  Kongo  Free  State  present,  and 
a  great  array  of  ecclesiastics  add- 
ing to  the  dignity  of  the  occasion,  7 
English  Roman  Catholic  mission- 
aries were  solemnly  set  apart  and 
commisioned  for  work  in  Africa. 
Says  the  Baptist  Missionary  Her- 
ald : 

After  the  ceremony  in  the  cathe- 
dral, the  7  priests,  in  their  black 
cassocks  and  red  girdles,  attended 
a  reception  by  his  majesty  the 
King  of  the  Belgians.    He  spoke 


39S 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


[May 


with  each  of  them,  and  in  taking 
leave,  said:  "Go,  and  may  God 
keep  yon.  Remember  me  some- 
times in  your  prayers."  The 
Father  Superior.  Martin  O'Grady, 
replied  at  once:  '* Not  sometimes, 
but  always,  your  majesty."  After 
this  farewell  the  priests  were  en- 
tertained at  a  banquet.  The  next 
day  they  sailed  on  a  steamer  from 
Antwerp.  The  State  has  decided 
not  to  give  them  a  definite  mission 
at  present.  The  English  fathers 
will  be  settled  at  the  chief  centers, 
Boma,  Matadi,  Leopoldville,  Nou- 
ville,  Anvers,  or  Coquilhatville. 
They  will  be  for  the  time  cures  of 
the  native  villages  at  those  points. 

According  to  the  latest  report  is- 
sued by  the  Governor-General  of 
the  Kongo  Free  State,  the  number 
of  Roman  Catholic  priests  and  nuns 
engaged  in  that  country  is  400. 
They  have  erected,  since  1885,  041 
churches  and  chapels,  while  fur- 
ther accommodation  has  been  pro- 
vided in  523  small  houses  used  oc- 
casionally as  chapels.  Three  sec- 
ondary schools  have  been  opened, 
and  there  are  75  elementary  and 
440  preparatory  schools.  The  total 
Catholic  population  is  estimated  at 
72,382.  The  different  missions  are 
divided  into  two  vicariats  and 
prefectures  apostolic.  These  fig- 
ures have  been  supplied  by  the 
Romish  authorities. 

Education  Educational  work 
on  the  Kongo  in  the  Kongo  Mis- 
sion, beyond  that 
of  the  most  elementary  character, 
has  been  chiefly  that  of  Bible  train- 
ing for  the  native  preachers.  Even 
this  need  has  not  been  adequately 
met  as  yet,  but  plans  are  now  under 
consideration,  looking  toward  the 
essablishment  of  a  central  training- 
school  for  all  the  lower  Kongo  dis- 
trict. It  is  probable  that  this  will 
be  located  at  Banza  Manteke,  since 
by  location  and  influence  it  is  the 
natural  center  for  such  a  school, 
and  broad  foundations  have  already 
been  laid  in  the  present  classes  for 
preachers.  Our  native  preachers 
in  Africa  are  a  band  of  noble  men; 
they  know  what  it  is  to  endure 
hardness,  and  are  zealous  in  reach- 
ing out  to  the  distant  regions  where 


Christ  is  not  known.  Their  chief 
text-book  is  the  Bible;  their  favor- 
ite doctrine,  "saved  by  grace,"  is 
the  theme  of  many  a  sermon.  They 
are  fond  of  music,  and  many  a  time 
when  on  tour  with  the  missionary 
the  Christian  hymns,  sung  around 
t  he  evening  camp-fire,  have  brought 
an  audience  to  hear  the  Gospel. — 
Bit  pi 1st  Missionary  Magazine. 

Y.P.S.C.  E.  One  of  the  most 
on  the  Kongo  flourishing  Y.  P.  S. 

C.  E.'s  in  Central 
Africa,  writes  a  correspondent  on 
the  Kongo,  is  the  society  which 
meets  at  the  Baptist  Missionary 
Society's  mission  station  at  Yak- 
usu,  near  Stanley  Falls,  more  than 
1,300  miles  up  the  Kongo.  Started 
by  the  Rev.  W.  H.  Stapleton  some 
twenty  months  ago,  with  a  mem- 
bership of  6,  it  has  now  170  active 
members.  The  meetings  are  so 
popular  that  the  bell,  which  is  rung 
for  the  ordinary  services,  is  never 
needed.  Toward  the  time  of  meet- 
ing the  people  begin  to  file  in  from 
the  town  toward  the  chapel,  num- 
bering from  200  to  350,  while  the 
attendance  of  members  averages 
upward  of  90  per  cent.  One  of  the 
missionaries  always  presides,  but 
the  chief  part  of  the  service  is  taken 
by  the  members.  The  society  has 
raised  £15  during  the  past  nine 
months,  £1  being  sent  in  aid  of  the 
fund  being  raised  by  the  Baptist 
Endeavorers  in  England  for  the 
purchase  of  a  new  steamer  for  the 
Kongo  mission  and  the  rest  spent 
in  the  maintenance  of  village  out- 
schools.  During  the  past  six  months 
28  of  its  members  have  been  bap- 
tized on  confession  of  faith,  and 
upward  of  20  others  meet  weekly  in 
a  class  preparatory  to  baptism. 

The  Zulu      This  mission  of  the 
Mission  in      American  Board  is 
Trouble       beset  nowadays 
with  sore  trials  and 
discouragements,  and  these  origi- 
nating nob  with  the  natives,  but 


1905] 


GENERAL  MISSIONARY  INTELLIGENCE 


399 


with  the  British  authorities.  1. 
Until  recently  native  pastors  could 
perform  the  marriage  ceremony, 
but  can  do  so  no  longer.  2.  One- 
third  of  the  population  resides  on 
land  held  like  our  Indian  reserva- 
tions, and  it  is  ruled  that  no  church 
or  school  can  remain  upon  such 
land  unless  a  white  missionary 
resides  in  each  locality.  3.  A  tax 
of  $15  is  imposed  on  each  house- 
holder, seriously  affecting  the  en- 
tire population  connected  with  12 
principal  stations,  and  making  it 
practically  impossible  to  support 
the  native  pastors,  teachers,  and 
church  work,  where  hitherto  from 
$5,000  to  $6,000  have  annually  been 
raised. 

The  Paris  The  report  of  the 
Society  in  French  Protestant 
Madagascar  mission  in  this 
great  African  island 
is  at  hand,  and  we  give  the  follow- 
ing statistics  of  its  work  for  1901: 
"There  are  12  European  mission- 
aries, 63  evangelists,  and  516 
churches,  with  over  9,000  members. 
The  Protestant  population  num- 
bers 111,900,  and  the  average  at- 
tendance in  the  congregations  is 
30,586.  There  were  466  added  to 
the  churches  the  past  year,  and  the 
catechumens  number  846.  There 
are  155  Protestant  schools,  with  12 
European  and  541  native  teachers. 
The  pupils  number  8,008." 

Work  Among    There  are  now  over 
Indians  at      100,000     East  In- 
Durban        dians  in  Natal,  15,- 
000  of  whom  are  in 
Durban,  and  the  number  is  increas- 
ing every  month.    Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Tomlinson,  of    the  South  Africa 
General  Mission,  have  been  work- 
ing among  them  for  about  two 
months.    Three  languages  are  re- 
quired to  reach  them,  and  caste 
rules  make  mission  work  still  more 
difficult. 


ISLANDS  OF  THE  SEA 

Conversions  Early  in  1901, 13,000 
Among'  the  Visayan  peasants 
Filipino  Peasants  indicated  their  de- 
sire to  accept  Christ 
as  their  Savior,  and  to  follow  Him 
in  baptism.  Persistent  persecu- 
tions followed,  and  during  the  sum- 
mer of  1902  came  a  scourge  of 
cholera,  which  the  ignorant  masses 
attributed  to  the  Protestants.  Dur- 
ing these  critical  times  public  ser- 
vices were  interrupted,  but,  for  the 
most  part,  these  peasants  remained 
loyal  to  their  Lord.  They  fre- 
quently sent  delegates  to  the  ser- 
vices at  Jaro,  many  miles  away,  to 
express  their  Christian  greeting,  to 
assure  their  brethren  in  Christ  that 
they  were  true  to  their  Christian 
vows,  and  to  seek  new  light.  Rev. 
C.  W.  Briggs,  of  the  American 
Baptist  Missionary  Union,  now 
writes: 

I  have  had  the  great  privilege  of 
baptizing  more  than  1,000  disciples, 
most  of  whom  have  been  Prot- 
estants for  three  or  four  years,  and 
given  abundant  proof  that  the  Gos- 
pel meant  much  to  them.  .  .  . 
The  great  movement  among  the 
peasants  in  Panay,  in  1901,  is  now  a 
greater  and  more  significant  reality 
than  it  was  then.  The  only  reason 
why  we  have  not  10,000  or  15,000 
baptized  believers  in  that  district 
to-day  is  that  our  forces  here  have 
never  been  sufficient  to  enable  us 
to  reach  the  people,  baptize  them, 
and  arrange  for  their  further  in- 
struction. 

MISCELLANEOUS 
Stick-to-it      A  missionary  writ- 
Missionaries    ing  about  new  mis- 
Much  Needed  sionaries    and  the 
great  need  of  them, 
etc.,  says  that  in  conferring  with 
a  brother  who  is  thinking  of  going 
he  "laid  special  emphasis  on  the 
need  of  missionaries  who  would 
stick,   if   possible."     He  further 
writes:  "We  have  had  so  many 
failures  that  I  tremble  every  time 
a  man  is  appointed,  for  every  fail- 


AOi) 


THE  MISSIONARY  REVIEW  OF  THE  WORLD 


LMay 


ure  is  not  only  an  expense,  but 
hints  our  work  as  well."  These 
wise  words  from  a  most  earnest 
missionary  we  quote  to  say  a  few 
things.  Yes,  we  do  need  men  who 
can  stick.  The  great  and  success- 
ful men  in  this  world,  others  as 
well  as  missionaries,  have  not  been 
those  who  had  no  trials,  hardships, 
disasters,  perils,  and  difficulties, 
hut.  having  them,  have  .s/f/rA-.  Take 
the  lives  of  Paul,  Carey,  Judson, 
Moffatt,  Livingstone,  Paton,  Yates, 
Graves,  and  scores  of  others  who 
have  succeeded.  They  learned  to 
labor  and  to  wait — to  stand  and 
stick  while  others  became  discour- 
aged and  disheartened,  and  left  the 
front  line  — Foreign  Missionary 
Joa  nutl . 

When  is  a  Episcopal  Bishop 
Heathen  Fit  Brent,  of  the  Phil- 
for  Baptism?  ippines,  is  a  man  of 
ideas  which  he  is 
not  afraid  to  put  to  the  test.  He 
is  not,  either,  too  much  bound  down 
by  convention  or  tradition.  He 
has  arrived  at  pretty  much  the 
same  conclusion  that  some  men  of 
experience  in  India  have  regarding 
those  who  apply  for  baptism,  but 
yet  are  not  always  up  to  the  stand- 
ard. In  the  circumstances  pre- 
vailing there,  he  holds  that  a  rigid 
examination  of  candidates  is  not 
desirable.  He  says:  "It  seemed  to 
me  as  tho  one  had  to  fall  back  upon 
the  example  of  the  earliest  mission- 
aries, as  depicted  in  the  Acts  of  the 
Apostles.  All  that  one  could  ask 
for  under  the  circumstances  was 
the  desire  for  the  apostolic  mes- 
sage, instruction  coming  after- 
ward." — Indian  Witness . 

Rev.  William  Tho  contrary  to 
Ashmore  custom,  it  is  yet 
highly  proper 
sometimes  to  tell  the  truth  con- 
cerning eminent  servants  of  Christ 
while  they  are  yet  alive;  as  also 
the  Standard  has  of  this  Baptist 
missionary  in  connection  with  his 
eightieth  birthday,  saying  this 
among  the  rest: 

His  life  has  been  more  than  ex- 


ceptional. It  has  been  a  creative 
and  dominant  force  in  the  denomi- 
nation. He  has  proved  himself  a 
prince  among  preachers ;  he  is 
among  the  foremost  of  great  mis- 
sionaries of  modern  times.  He 
holds  by  the  strength  of  his  per- 
sonality the  place  of  leadership 
among  the  forces  of  militant  Chris- 
tianity, He  is  the  Gladstone  of 
the  Kingdom  of  Heaven  upon 
earth.  His  long  and  aggressive 
service  as  a  missionary  has  given 
him  the  vision  and  courage  of  a 
prophet  of  God.  Fewr  men  have 
keener  insight  or  saner  judgment 
concerning  the  relationship  of 
great  movements,  and  are  better 
able  to  discern  beforehand  the 
trend  of  world-wide  events  and  the 
point  where  opportunities  meet 
than  he.  Tempered  by  experience, 
just  in  discrimination,  loyal  to  con- 
viction, alert  in  mind,  tender  and 
sympathetic  in  heart,  he  stands 
among  us  to-day  as  the  embodi- 
ment of  unfaltering  devotion,  of 
ideal  manhood  and  ripened  charac-. 
ter. 

OBITUARY 

Rev.  News  comes  from 

Richard  Winsor,  India  of  the  death 
of  India  of  the  Rev.  Richard 
Winsor,  of  Sirur, 
who  was  recently  decorated  with  a 
gold  medal,  "  Kaiser-i-Hind,"  for 
his  efficient  services  in  connection 
with  industrial  work.  His  labors 
were  incessant,  and  since  the  fam- 
ine he  was  untiring  in  devising 
plans  for  the  permanent  benefit  of 
the  orphans,  whom  our  readers  sup- 
ported. He  was  a  pioneer  in  indus- 
trial education,  striving  indefatig- 
ably  to  give  the  youths  under  his 
care  efficient  training.  The  people 
of  India  had  in  him  a  valuable 
friend  and  Christ  a  faithful  ser- 
vant. Mr.  Winsor  was  for  35  years 
connected  with  the  Marathi  mis- 
sion of  the  American  Board. 

NOTICE 

The  International  Missionary 
Union  will  hold  its  twenty-second 
annual  meeting,  June  7  to  II,  1905, 
at  Clifton  Springs,  N.  Y.  All  who 
have  been  on  the  foreign  field,  are 
under  appointment,  or  are  now 
connected  with  missionary  boards, 
are  invited  to  correspond  with 
Rev.  C.  C.  Thayer,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Springs,  N.  Y.,  or  Rev.  J.  T. 
Gracey,  D.D.,  177  Pearl  St.,  Roch- 
ester, N.  Y.